WO2020156470A1

WO2020156470A1 - Communication method and apparatus

Info

Publication number: WO2020156470A1
Application number: PCT/CN2020/073928
Authority: WO
Inventors: 陈磊; 李秉肇; 许斌; 王奇
Original assignee: 华为技术有限公司
Priority date: 2019-02-01
Filing date: 2020-01-22
Publication date: 2020-08-06
Also published as: CN111600686A; CN111600686B

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus. In the method, when a positioning system supports both a centralized positioning function and a distributed positioning function, after a positioning server for positioning a terminal device is determined, first indication information can be sent to the terminal device, and the type of first message sent by the terminal device is indicated by means of the first indication information. For example, when the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in a core network, the first indication information can indicate that the type of first message is a type of message unrecognizable by an access network device but recognizable by a core network device. When the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in an access network, the first indication information can indicate that the type of first message is a type of message recognizable by an access network device, so that the coordination of a distributed positioning function and a centralized positioning service can be realized by means of the first indication information.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device

相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications

本申请要求在2019年02月01日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910104129.X、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201910104129.X, and the application name is "a communication method and device" on February 1, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.

背景技术Background technique

在长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***中，由增强型服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)提供对终端设备的定位服务。例如，E-SMLC可以采用观察到达时间差(observed time difference of arrival，OTDOA)定位方案，根据预先存储的各个测量小区的地理位置信息以及终端设备上报的测量结果(例如，终端设备对与各个测量小区对应的各个参考信号进行测量，得到的与各个测量小区对应的参考信号时间差(reference signal time difference，RSTD))等信息计算出终端设备的位置。In the long term evolution (LTE) system, the enhanced service mobile location center (E-SMLC) provides location services for terminal devices. For example, the E-SMLC can adopt the Observed Time Difference of Arrival (OTDOA) positioning solution, based on the pre-stored geographic location information of each measurement cell and the measurement results reported by the terminal equipment (for example, the terminal equipment pair and each measurement cell The corresponding reference signals are measured, and the obtained reference signal time difference (RSTD) information corresponding to each measurement cell is calculated to calculate the position of the terminal device.

由于E-SMLC位于核心网，因此，终端设备在上报测量结果等信息时，首先需要将测量结果等信息发送给基站，然后由基站将该测量结果等信息转发给E-SMLC。Since the E-SMLC is located in the core network, when a terminal device reports measurement results and other information, it first needs to send the measurement results and other information to the base station, and then the base station forwards the measurement results and other information to the E-SMLC.

而该测量结果等信息的转发过程会带来时延开销，如何降低定位过程中的时延，是下一代通信***，例如，第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems，5G)新空口(new radio，NR)***需要考虑的定位性能之一。目前，降低时延考虑的一种可能的方式是采用分布式的方案，即，将定位服务功能放置到基站的位置，降低传输带来的时延，从而降低定位时延。然而，5G依然考虑集中式定位架构，因此，有可能存在集中和分布式结构协同的问题。目前，对分布式定位功能和集中式定位服务的协同还缺乏研究和相应的方案。The forwarding process of the measurement results and other information will bring delay overhead. How to reduce the delay in the positioning process is the next generation communication system, for example, the 5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems, 5G) One of the positioning performances that need to be considered for new radio (NR) systems. At present, one possible way to reduce delay consideration is to adopt a distributed solution, that is, to place the positioning service function at the location of the base station to reduce the delay caused by transmission, thereby reducing the positioning delay. However, 5G still considers a centralized positioning architecture. Therefore, there may be a problem of coordination between centralized and distributed structures. At present, there is still a lack of research and corresponding solutions for the coordination of distributed positioning functions and centralized positioning services.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法及装置，用于实现分布式定位功能和集中式定位服务的协同。This application provides a communication method and device for realizing the coordination of distributed positioning functions and centralized positioning services.

第一方面，提供一种通信方法，在该方法中，网络侧设备(例如接入网中的设备或者核心网中的设备)首先会向终端设备发送第一指示信息，通过第一指示信息指示终端设备发送的第一消息的类型，其中，第一消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元或接入网中具有定位功能的网元确定终端设备的位置，第一消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型或接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，然后，终端设备在根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型后，则将第一消息发送给第一网络设备。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided. In this method, a network-side device (for example, a device in an access network or a device in a core network) first sends first indication information to a terminal device, and the first indication information indicates The type of the first message sent by the terminal device, where the first message is used for a network element with positioning function in the core network or a network element with positioning function in the access network to determine the location of the terminal device, and the first message is the access network The type of the message that the device can recognize or the type of the message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize. Then, after the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first instruction information, it sends the first message to The first network equipment.

在上述技术方案中，用于确定终端设备的位置的定位服务器，可以为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，可以为LMF，也可以为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，具有定位功能的接入网设备。In the above technical solution, the positioning server used to determine the location of the terminal device may be a network element with a positioning function in the core network, for example, it may be an LMF, or a network element with a positioning function in the access network, such as , Access network equipment with positioning function.

在这种情况下，当定位服务器是核心网中具有定位功能的网元，则第一指示信息可以指示第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。当定位服务器是接入网中具有定位功能的网元时，则第一指示信息可以指示第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型。In this case, when the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, the first indication information may indicate that the type of the first message is a type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize. When the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, the first indication information may indicate that the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device.

然后，终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型后，则将第一消息发送给第一网络设备。若第一消息的类型是第一网络设备能够识别的消息的类型，则第一网络设备则可以直接根据第一消息确定终端设备的位置，从而可以不用转发第一消息，可以减少转发过程带来的时延开销。且，通过第一指示信息可以实现分布式定位功能和集中式定位服务的协同。Then, after the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information, it sends the first message to the first network device. If the type of the first message is a type of message that can be recognized by the first network device, the first network device can directly determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message, so that the first message does not need to be forwarded, and the forwarding process can be reduced. Latency overhead. Moreover, the coordination of distributed positioning functions and centralized positioning services can be realized through the first indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，终端设备根据第一指示信息中指示的类型确定第一消息的类型；或，终端设备根据第一指示信息的类型，确定第一消息的类型。In a possible design, the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information; or, the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.

在上述技术方案中，终端设备可以采用多种方式确定第一消息的类型，可以提高终端设备的灵活性。In the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the type of the first message in multiple ways, which can improve the flexibility of the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，若第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，In a possible design, if the type indicated in the first indication information is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

若第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。If the type indicated in the first indication information is a message type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can The type of message identified.

在上述技术方案中，终端设备可以在接收第一指示信息后，解析第一指示信息，根据第一指示信息中指示的内容确定第一消息的类型，实现方式简单。In the above technical solution, the terminal device may parse the first indication information after receiving the first indication information, and determine the type of the first message according to the content indicated in the first indication information, and the implementation is simple.

在一种可能的设计中，若第一指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，In a possible design, if the first indication information is a message that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type of message that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

若第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。If the first indication information is a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a message type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize.

在上述技术方案中，终端设备可以根据第一指示信息的类型，确定第一消息的类型，从而终端设备不需要解析第一指示信息，可以降低终端设备的处理复杂度。In the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information, so that the terminal device does not need to parse the first indication information, which can reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，第一消息中包括定位服务器的标识和/或定位服务器所支持的小区的标识。In a possible design, the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device, and the first message includes the identification of the positioning server and/or the identification of the cell supported by the positioning server.

在上述技术方案中，终端设备在发送第一消息时，由于第一网络设备可能并不知道用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器，例如，该定位服务器可以为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如为接入网设备，则终端设备可以在第一消息中将接入网设备的标识和/或接入网设备所支持的小区的标识，从而向第一网络设备指示定位服务器，以保证定位服务器能够收到第一消息。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device sends the first message, since the first network device may not know the positioning server used to locate the terminal device, for example, the positioning server may be a positioning function in the access network. For example, if the network element is an access network device, the terminal device may include the identification of the access network device and/or the identification of the cell supported by the access network device in the first message to indicate the positioning server to the first network device, To ensure that the positioning server can receive the first message.

第二方面，提供一种通信方法，在该方法中，第一网络设备首先获取第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，然后，当第一网络设备从终端设备接收到用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置的第一消息后，第一网络设备则根据第二指示信息确定对第一消息进行处理或转发第一消息。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided. In the method, a first network device first obtains second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that a positioning server that locates a terminal device is a network with a positioning function in the core network. Or a network element with a positioning function in the access network. Then, after the first network device receives the first message from the terminal device for the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device, the first network device then performs the second instruction The information determines to process or forward the first message.

在上述技术方案中，当第二指示信息指示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元时，第一网络设备可以在接收第一消息后，将第一消息转发给定位服务器。当第二指示信息指示定位服务器为接入网中具有定位功能的网元时，第一网络设备可以在接收第一消息后，直接根据第一消息确定终端设备的位置，从而可以不用转发第一消息，可以减少转发过程带来的时延开销。且，通过第二指示信息可以实现分布式定位功能和集中式定位服务的协同。In the above technical solution, when the second indication information indicates that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, the first network device may forward the first message to the positioning server after receiving the first message. When the second indication information indicates that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, the first network device may directly determine the position of the terminal device according to the first message after receiving the first message, so that it is not necessary to forward the first message. Messages can reduce the delay overhead caused by the forwarding process. Moreover, the coordination of distributed positioning functions and centralized positioning services can be realized through the second indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，第一网络设备可以从配置信息中获取第二指示信息；或者，第一网络设备从第二网络设备接收第二指示信息；或者，第二指示信息是预定义的。In a possible design, the first network device may obtain the second indication information from the configuration information; or, the first network device receives the second indication information from the second network device; or, the second indication information is predefined .

在上述技术方案中，第一网络设备可以通过多种方式获取第二指示信息，可以提高第一网络设备的灵活性。In the above technical solution, the first network device can obtain the second indication information in multiple ways, which can improve the flexibility of the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，当第二指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型时，第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种：In a possible design, when the second indication information is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device, the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:

定位服务器的标识；或，The identification of the location server; or,

定位服务器所支持的小区的标识；或，The identity of the cell supported by the positioning server; or,

与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识。The identifier of the core network device interacting with the positioning server.

在上述技术方案中，可以通过在第二指示信息中携带上述多种信息的任意一种来指示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，可以增加定位***的灵活性。In the above technical solution, it is possible to indicate that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network or a network element with positioning function in the access network by carrying any one of the above-mentioned multiple kinds of information in the second indication information. The flexibility of the positioning system can be increased.

在一种可能的设计中，第一网络设备在接收第二指示信息后，则可以根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器。In a possible design, after receiving the second indication information, the first network device may determine the positioning server according to the second indication information.

在上述技术方案中，当第一网络设备确定定位服务器后，则可以对终端设备发送的用于确定终端设备的位置的第一消息进行相应地处理，以保证实现定位功能。In the above technical solution, after the first network device determines the positioning server, the first message sent by the terminal device for determining the position of the terminal device can be processed accordingly to ensure that the positioning function is realized.

在一种可能的设计中，第一网络设备可以通过多种方式确定定位服务器，具体可以包括但不限于如下方式：In a possible design, the first network device may determine the positioning server in multiple ways, which may specifically include but are not limited to the following ways:

若第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为第一网络设备的标识，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为第一网络设备；或，If the identifier of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identifier of the first network device, the first network device determines that the positioning server is the first network device; or,

若第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与第一网络设备所支持的小区的标识相同，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为第一网络设备；或，If the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is the same as the identity of the cell supported by the first network device, the first network device determines that the positioning server is the first network device; or,

若第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识与第一网络设备的标识不同，且定位服务器的标识与核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识不同，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识相同；或，If the identification of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information is different from the identification of the first network device, and the identification of the positioning server is different from the identification of the network element with positioning function in the core network, the first network device determines that the positioning server is In addition to the first network device, the network element with the positioning function in the access network, in addition to the first network device, the identification of the network element with the positioning function in the access network and the identification of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information The same; or,

若第二指示信息包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与第一网络设备所支持的小区的标识不同，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元所支持的小区的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识相同；或，If the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is different from the identity of the cell supported by the first network device, the first network device determines that the positioning server is in addition to the first network device and has For the network element with the positioning function, except for the first network device, the identity of the cell supported by the network element with the positioning function in the access network is the same as the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server indicated in the second indication information; or,

若第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元；或，If the identifier of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identifier of a network element with positioning function in the core network, the first network device determines that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network; or,

若第二指示信息中包括与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识，则第一网络设备确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元。If the second indication information includes the identifier of the core network device interacting with the positioning server, the first network device determines that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

在一种可能的设计中，在第一网络设备根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器为第一网络设备时，第一网络设备在接收第一消息后，则根据第一消息对终端设备进行定位；或，In a possible design, when the first network device determines that the positioning server is the first network device according to the second indication information, after receiving the first message, the first network device locates the terminal device according to the first message; or,

在第一网络设备根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器不是第一网络设备时，第一网络设备在接收第一消息后，则将第一消息转发给定位服务器。When the first network device determines that the positioning server is not the first network device according to the second indication information, the first network device forwards the first message to the positioning server after receiving the first message.

在上述技术方案中，当第一网络设备根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器之后，可以对第一消息作不同的处理，可以增加第一网络设备的灵活性。In the above technical solution, after the first network device determines the positioning server according to the second indication information, the first message can be processed differently, which can increase the flexibility of the first network device.

第三方面，提供一种通信方法，第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求将终端设备的服务基站由第一网络设备切换为第二网络设备，第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided. A first network device sends a first request message to a second network device, where the first request message is used to request that the serving base station of the terminal device be switched from the first network device to the second network device, The first request message also includes a positioning service switching instruction, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service, and requesting that the positioning service of the terminal device be switched to the second network device.

当第二网络设备接收第二指示信息后，则向第一网络设备发送与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息，第一网络设备则接收第一响应消息。After receiving the second indication information, the second network device sends a first response message corresponding to the first request message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first response message.

在上述技术方案中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，为终端设备提供服务的第一网络设备，可以通过与第二网络设备(例如接入网中具有定位功能的网元或核心网中具有定位功能的网元)的交互，实现终端设备的定位业务的切换，从而可以保持终端设备在移动状态时的定位业务的持续性。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device is in a mobile state, the first network device that provides services for the terminal device can communicate with the second network device (for example, a network element with a positioning function in the access network or a core network with a positioning function). The interaction of the functional network elements) realizes the switching of the positioning service of the terminal equipment, so that the continuity of the positioning service of the terminal equipment in the mobile state can be maintained.

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息可以包括但不限于如下三种方式：In a possible design, the first response message may include but is not limited to the following three ways:

第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；或，The first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device; or,

第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，第三网络设备为除第一网络设备和第二网络设备之外，接入网以及核心网中具有定位功能的网元；或，The first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network and the core network in addition to the first network device and the second network device; or ,

第一响应消息用于指示拒绝使用除第一网络设备外的网络设备对终端设备进行定位。The first response message is used to indicate that a network device other than the first network device is refused to locate the terminal device.

在上述技术方案中，第二网络设备可以根据实际情况，针对该第一请求消息作出响应，可以提高定位***的灵活性。In the above technical solution, the second network device can respond to the first request message according to actual conditions, which can improve the flexibility of the positioning system.

在一种可能的设计中，第一请求消息包括终端设备的定位上下文，该定位上下文信息用于第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the first request message includes the location context of the terminal device, and the location context information is used by the first network device to locate the terminal device;

定位上下文包括如下信息中的至少一种：The location context includes at least one of the following information:

第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位时使用的定位技术；The positioning technology used when the first network device locates the terminal device;

终端设备所需的定位精度；The positioning accuracy required by the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位时使用的信息；Information used when the first network device locates the terminal device;

终端设备上报的测量结果；The measurement results reported by the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备用于对终端设备进行定位的辅助信息。The first network device is used for auxiliary information for positioning the terminal device.

在上述技术方案中，第二网络设备在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一请求消息后，可以根据第一请求消息中携带的多种信息，确定第一响应消息中的内容，可以提高第二网络设备确定第一响应消息的内容时的准确性。In the above technical solution, after receiving the first request message sent by the first network device, the second network device can determine the content in the first response message according to various information carried in the first request message, which can improve the first request message. 2. The accuracy of the network device in determining the content of the first response message.

在一种可能的设计中，第一网络设备接收到第一响应消息后，可以将第一响应消息转发给终端设备。In a possible design, after receiving the first response message, the first network device may forward the first response message to the terminal device.

在上述技术方案中，第一网络设备可以将第一响应消息或者第一响应消息中的定位相关的信息发送给终端设备，以便于终端设备能够及时获知为其定位的定位服务器。In the above technical solution, the first network device may send the first response message or the positioning-related information in the first response message to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can learn the positioning server for its positioning in time.

在一种可能的设计中，若第一响应消息用于指示由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，则第一响应消息中还包括第二网络设备的辅助信息，辅助信息用于第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, if the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device, the first response message also includes auxiliary information of the second network device, and the auxiliary information is used for the second network The device locates the terminal device.

在上述技术方案中，每个网络设备用于定位的信息可能各不相同，因此，当定位服务器发生切换时，新的定位服务器可以将其用于定位的辅助信息携带在第一响应消息中，从而，当第一网络设备将第一响应消息转发给终端设备后，终端设备能够准确地上报定位服务器所需的用于定位的消息。In the above technical solution, the information used for positioning by each network device may be different. Therefore, when the positioning server is switched, the new positioning server can carry its auxiliary information for positioning in the first response message. Therefore, after the first network device forwards the first response message to the terminal device, the terminal device can accurately report the positioning message required by the positioning server.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device, and the first network device may send a second request message to the second network device, by The second request message is to obtain capability information of the second network device, where the capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device.

第二网络设备在接收第二请求消息后，向第一网络设备发送包括第二网络设备的能力信息的第二响应消息，从而，第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否请求第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。After receiving the second request message, the second network device sends a second response message including the capability information of the second network device to the first network device, so that the first network device determines whether to request the second network device according to the second response message Position the terminal equipment.

在上述技术方案，第一网络设备可以在获取第二网络设备的能力信息之后，根据第二网络设备的能力信息确定是否请求第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，例如，当第二网络设备的能力信息指示第二网络设备能够满足终端设备的定位需求，则第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，可以保证切换后的定位服务器也能提供满足终端设备需求的定位业务。In the above technical solution, the first network device may determine whether to request the second network device to locate the terminal device according to the capability information of the second network device after acquiring the capability information of the second network device. The capability information indicates that the second network device can meet the positioning requirements of the terminal device, and the first network device sends a first request message to the second network device to ensure that the positioning server after the handover can also provide positioning services that meet the requirements of the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，当第二网络设备接收到第一请求消息后，第二网络设备可以向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device. After the second network device receives the first request message, the second network device may Send a third request message to the network element with the positioning function in the core network, the third request message is used for the network element with the positioning function in the core network to determine whether to agree to the second network device to locate the terminal device;

然后，核心网中具有定位功能的网元向第二网络设备发送第三响应消息，通过第三响应消息指示其是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位的结果。Then, the network element with the positioning function in the core network sends a third response message to the second network device, and indicates through the third response message whether it agrees to the result of positioning the terminal device by the second network device.

第二网络设备则根据第三响应消息生成第一响应消息。The second network device generates the first response message according to the third response message.

在上述技术方案中，第二网络设备可以通过第三请求消息，向核心网中具有定位功能的网元询问其是否同意此次定位业务的切换，以便于核心网中具有定位功能的网元对定位业务的切换进行认证。In the above technical solution, the second network device can ask the network element with the positioning function in the core network whether it agrees to the switching of the positioning service through the third request message, so that the network element with the positioning function in the core network can pair The positioning service is switched for authentication.

在一种可能的设计中，第三请求消息中包括如下信息中的至少一种：In a possible design, the third request message includes at least one of the following information:

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

终端设备所在的服务器小区的标识。The identity of the server cell where the terminal device is located.

在上述技术方案中，第二网络设备可以根据多种信息，向核心网中具有定位功能的网元指示定位业务的切换，可以提高第二网络设备的灵活性。In the above technical solution, the second network device can instruct the network element with the positioning function in the core network to switch the positioning service according to various kinds of information, which can improve the flexibility of the second network device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备可以为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，在这种情况下，第二网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送第四请求消息，通过第四请求消息指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the second network device may be a network element with a positioning function in the core network. In this case, the second network device may send a fourth request message to the third network device through the fourth request The message instructs the third network device to locate the terminal device.

然后，第三网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送用于指示是否同意对终端设备进行定位的第四响应消息，从而，第二网络设备根据第四响应消息生成第一响应消息。Then, the third network device may send a fourth response message for indicating whether to agree to locate the terminal device to the second network device, so that the second network device generates the first response message according to the fourth response message.

在上述技术方案中，当第二网络设备确定使用第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位时，第二网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送询问请求，以确定其是否能够接收定位业务，从而可以保证定位业务的切换的成功率。In the above technical solution, when the second network device determines to use the third network device to locate the terminal device, the second network device may send an inquiry request to the third network device to determine whether it can receive positioning services, thereby ensuring The success rate of the handover of the positioning service.

在一种可能的设计中，第四请求消息中包括如下信息中的至少一种：In a possible design, the fourth request message includes at least one of the following information:

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

终端设备所在的服务小区的标识。The identity of the serving cell where the terminal device is located.

在上述技术方案中，第二网络设备可以根据多种信息，向第三网络设备指示定位业务的切换，可以提高第二网络设备的灵活性。In the above technical solution, the second network device can instruct the third network device to switch the positioning service according to various kinds of information, which can improve the flexibility of the second network device.

第四方面，提供一种通信方法，在该方法中，第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，通过定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程，第二网络设备可以根据实际情况确定是否接收定位业务，从而根据确定结果，向第一网络设备发送与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided. In the method, a first network device sends a first request message to a second network device. The first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction. The terminal device is in the process of the positioning service, and the second network device may determine whether to receive the positioning service according to the actual situation, and then according to the determination result, send the first response message corresponding to the first request message to the first network device.

在上述技术方案中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，为终端设备提供服务的第一网络设备，可以通过定位业务切换指示，与第二网络设备(例如接入网中具有定位功能的网元或核心网中具有定位功能的网元)进行交互，确定是否将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备上，以保持终端设备在移动状态时的定位业务的持续性。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device is in a mobile state, the first network device that provides services to the terminal device can communicate with the second network device (such as a network element with a positioning function in the access network or The network element with the positioning function in the core network interacts to determine whether to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device, so as to maintain the continuity of the positioning service when the terminal device is in a mobile state.

在一种可能的设计中，第一请求消息还包括定位服务指示，定位服务指示用于指示是否使用第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first request message further includes a location service indication, and the location service indication is used to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息可以包括但不限于如下四种方式：In a possible design, the first response message may include but is not limited to the following four ways:

第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，该定位消息用于确定终端设备的位置；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, which is used to determine the location of the terminal device; or,

第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，且拒绝对定位消息进行转发；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device and refuses to forward the positioning message; or,

第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，第三网络设备为核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

在一种可能的设计中，第一请求消息包括终端设备的定位上下文和/或定位服务器的标识，定位服务器用于对终端设备进行定位，定位上下文信息用于第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the first request message includes the location context of the terminal device and/or the identification of the location server, the location server is used to locate the terminal device, and the location context information is used by the first network device to locate the terminal device ；

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and the first network device may send a second request message to the second network device, and obtain the second network device through the second request message The capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device.

第二网络设备在接收第二请求消息后，向第一网络设备发送包括第二网络设备的能力信息的第二响应消息，从而，第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。After receiving the second request message, the second network device sends a second response message including the capability information of the second network device to the first network device, so that the first network device determines whether to position the terminal device according to the second response message. The service is switched to the second network device.

在一种可能的设计中，该第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对所述定位消息的转发，在这种情况下，当第二网络设备从终端设备接收定位消息后，可以将定位消息发送给第一网络设备，从而，第一网络设备根据定位消息对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message. In this case, when the second network device After receiving the positioning message, the device may send the positioning message to the first network device, so that the first network device locates the terminal device according to the positioning message.

在上述技术方案中，若定位业务未切换，则第二网络设备可以将接收的定位消息转发给第一网络设备，通过第一网络设备对定位消息的定位计算，确定终端设备的位置，也就是说，第二网络设备可以通过第一网络设备实现对终端设备进行定位的功能。In the above technical solution, if the positioning service is not switched, the second network device may forward the received positioning message to the first network device, and determine the location of the terminal device through the positioning calculation of the positioning message by the first network device, that is, In other words, the second network device can realize the function of positioning the terminal device through the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，若第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，当第二网络设备接收到第一请求消息后，第二网络设备可以向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, if the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, after the second network device receives the first request message, the second network device may have a positioning function in the core network Sending a third request message to the network element in the core network, the third request message being used by the network element with the positioning function in the core network to determine whether to agree to the second network device to locate the terminal device;

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

其中，第四方面中相应的实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第三方面的方法及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。Among them, the beneficial effects of the corresponding implementation in the fourth aspect can be referred to the description of the beneficial effects of the third aspect and its implementation.

第五方面，提供一种通信装置，通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面中终端设备所执行的方法。通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。存储器与处理器耦合，处理器可以调用并执行存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第一方面中终端设备所执行的任意一种方法。通信装置还可以包括收发器，收发器用于通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，其它设备为第一网络设备。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor, configured to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device is the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，包括处理器和收发器，其中：In one possible design, a processor and transceiver are included, where:

收发器接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示终端设备发送的第一消息的类型，第一消息用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置，第一消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型或接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元；The transceiver receives first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first message sent by the terminal device, the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device, and the first message is a message that can be recognized by the access network device The type of the message that cannot be recognized by the access network equipment but the core network equipment can recognize, and the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network or a network element with positioning function in the access network;

处理器根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型，并控制收发器向第一网络设备发送第一消息。The processor determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information, and controls the transceiver to send the first message to the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器根据第一指示信息中指示的类型确定第一消息的类型；或，In a possible design, the processor determines the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information; or,

处理器根据第一指示信息的类型，确定第一消息的类型。The processor determines the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器根据第一指示信息中指示的类型确定第一消息的类型，包括：In a possible design, the processor determining the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information includes:

处理器根据第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，The processor determines that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information as the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

处理器根据第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processor determines that the type of the first message is a message that is not recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information as a message that cannot be recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device type.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器根据第一指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，In a possible design, the processor determines that the type of the first message is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device according to the first indication information as a message that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

处理器根据第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processor determines that the type of the first message is a message type that is not recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device according to the first indication information that the access network device cannot recognize but can recognize the message.

第六方面，提供一种通信装置，通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第二方面中第一网络设备所执行的方法。通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。存储器与处理器耦合，处理器可以调用并执行存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第二方面中第一网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。通信装置还可以包括收发器，收发器用于通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，其它设备为终端设备。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the method executed by the first network device in the second aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the first network device in the second aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other devices are terminal devices.

收发器获取第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，定位服务器用于对终端设备进行定位；The transceiver obtains second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network or a network element with positioning function in the access network, and the positioning server is used to position the terminal device;

收发器接收终端设备发送的第一消息，第一消息用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置；The transceiver receives the first message sent by the terminal device, where the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device;

处理器根据第二指示信息确定对第一消息进行处理或控制收发器转发第一消息。The processor determines to process the first message or controls the transceiver to forward the first message according to the second indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器从配置信息中获取第二指示信息；或者，In a possible design, the processor obtains the second indication information from the configuration information; or,

收发器在处理器的控制下从第二网络设备接收第二指示信息；或者，The transceiver receives the second indication information from the second network device under the control of the processor; or,

第二指示信息是预定义的。The second indication information is predefined.

在一种可能的设计中，第二指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，以及第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种：In a possible design, the second indication information is a type of message that can be recognized by the access network device, and the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:

定位服务器的标识；或，The identification of the location server; or,

在一种可能的设计中，处理器根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器。In a possible design, the processor determines the positioning server according to the second indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为通信装置的标识，处理器确定定位服务器为通信装置；或，In a possible design, the processor determines that the identification of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identification of the communication device, and the processor determines that the positioning server is the communication device; or,

处理器确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与通信装置所支持的小区的标识相同，处理器确定定位服务器为通信装置。The processor determines that the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is the same as the identifier of the cell supported by the communication device, and the processor determines that the positioning server is the communication device.

在一种可能的设计中，处理器确定第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识与通信装置的标识不同，且定位服务器的标识与核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识不同，处理器确定定位服务器为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，该除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识相同；或，In a possible design, the processor determines that the identifier of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information is different from the identifier of the communication device, and the identifier of the positioning server is different from the identifier of the network element with the positioning function in the core network, and the processor It is determined that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device. In addition to the communication device, the identification of the network element with positioning function in the access network and the positioning server indicated in the second indication information With the same logo; or,

处理器确定第二指示信息包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与通信装置所支持的小区的标识不同，处理器确定定位服务器为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，该除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元所支持的小区的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识相同；或，The processor determines that the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is different from the identifier of the cell supported by the communication device, and the processor determines that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device. Except for the communication device, the identifier of the cell supported by the network element with the positioning function in the access network is the same as the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server indicated in the second indication information; or,

处理器确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识，处理器确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元；或，The processor determines that the identifier of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identifier of a network element with positioning function in the core network, and the processor determines that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network; or,

处理器确定第二指示信息中包括与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识，处理器确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The processor determines that the second indication information includes the identifier of the core network device interacting with the positioning server, and the processor determines that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

在一种可能的设计中，在处理器根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器为通信装置时，处理器根据第一消息对终端设备进行定位；或，In a possible design, when the processor determines that the positioning server is a communication device according to the second indication information, the processor locates the terminal device according to the first message; or,

在处理器根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器不是通信装置时，处理器将第一消息转发给定位服务器。When the processor determines that the positioning server is not a communication device according to the second instruction information, the processor forwards the first message to the positioning server.

第七方面，提供一种通信装置，通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面中第一网络设备所执行的方法。通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。存储器与处理器耦合，处理器可以调用并执行存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第三方面中第一网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。通信装置还可以包括收发器，收发器用于通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，其它设备为第二网络设备。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor, configured to implement the method executed by the first network device in the third aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the first network device in the third aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device is the second network device.

收发器向第二网络设备发送由处理器确定的第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求将终端设备的服务基站由通信装置切换为第二网络设备，第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备；The transceiver sends a first request message determined by the processor to the second network device, the first request message is used to request that the serving base station of the terminal device be switched from the communication device to the second network device, and the first request message also includes positioning service switching Indication, the positioning service switching indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service, and requesting to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device;

收发器从第二网络设备接收与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The transceiver receives a first response message corresponding to the first request message from the second network device.

第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，该三网络设备为除第一网络设备和第二网络设备之外，接入网以及核心网中具有定位功能的网元；或，The first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network and the core network in addition to the first network device and the second network device; or ,

在一种可能的设计中，第一请求消息包括终端设备的定位上下文，定位上下文信息用于第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the first request message includes the location context of the terminal device, and the location context information is used by the first network device to locate the terminal device;

在一种可能的设计中，收发器接收到第一响应消息后，将第一响应消息转发给终端设备。In a possible design, after receiving the first response message, the transceiver forwards the first response message to the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，收发器向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device, and the transceiver sends a second request message to the second network device, and obtains the second request message through the second request message. 2. Capability information of the network device, where the capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device.

该收发器从第二网络设备在接收第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息；The transceiver is receiving a second response message from the second network device, where the second response message includes capability information of the second network device;

该处理器根据第二响应消息确定是否请求第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。The processor determines whether to request the second network device to locate the terminal device according to the second response message.

第八方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面中第二网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第三方面中第二网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。该通信装置还可以包括收发器，该收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备为第一网络设备。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the method executed by the second network device in the third aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the second network device in the third aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device is the first network device.

收发器从第一网络设备接收第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求将终端设备的服务基站由第一网络设备切换为通信装置，第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到通信装置。The transceiver receives a first request message from the first network device. The first request message is used to request that the serving base station of the terminal device be switched from the first network device to the communication device. The first request message also includes a positioning service switching instruction. The indication is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service, and request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the communication device.

收发器向第一网络设备发送由处理器确定的与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The transceiver sends a first response message that is determined by the processor and corresponds to the first request message to the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，若第一响应消息用于指示由通信装置对终端设备进行定位，则第一响应消息中还包括通信装置的辅助信息，辅助信息用于通信装置对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, if the first response message is used to instruct the communication device to locate the terminal device, the first response message also includes auxiliary information of the communication device, and the auxiliary information is used for the communication device to locate the terminal device. .

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，收发器从第一网络设备接收第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取通信装置的能力信息，能力信息包括通信装置所支持的定位方式和/或通信装置所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the communication device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device, and the transceiver receives the second request message from the first network device, and obtains communication through the second request message The capability information of the device, the capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the communication device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the communication device.

收发器向第一网络设备发送包括通信装置的能力信息的第二响应消息，以使第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否请求通信装置对终端设备进行定位。The transceiver sends a second response message including the capability information of the communication device to the first network device, so that the first network device determines whether to request the communication device to locate the terminal device according to the second response message.

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，当收发器接收到第一请求消息后，收发器向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由通信装置对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the communication device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device. After the transceiver receives the first request message, the transceiver has a positioning function in the core network. The network element at, sends a third request message, which is used by a network element with a positioning function in the core network to determine whether to agree to the communication device to locate the terminal device;

然后，收发器从核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收第三响应消息，第三响应消息指示其是否同意由通信装置对终端设备进行定位的结果。Then, the transceiver receives a third response message from a network element with a positioning function in the core network, the third response message indicating whether it agrees with the result of positioning the terminal device by the communication device.

处理器根据第三响应消息生成第一响应消息。The processor generates a first response message according to the third response message.

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置可以为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，在这种情况下，收发器向第三网络设备发送第四请求消息，通过第四请求消息指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the communication device may be a network element with a positioning function in the core network. In this case, the transceiver sends a fourth request message to the third network device, and instructs the third network through the fourth request message The device locates the terminal device.

然后，收发器从第三网络设备接收用于指示是否同意对终端设备进行定位的第四响应消息，从而，处理器根据第四响应消息生成第一响应消息。Then, the transceiver receives from the third network device a fourth response message indicating whether to agree to locate the terminal device, so that the processor generates a first response message according to the fourth response message.

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第九方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第四方面中第一网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第四方面中第一网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。该通信装置还可以包括收发器，该收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备为第二网络设备。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the method executed by the first network device in the fourth aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the first network device in the fourth aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device is the second network device.

收发器向第二网络设备发送由处理器确定的第一请求消息，第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；The transceiver sends a first request message determined by the processor to the second network device, where the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to instruct the switched terminal device to perform a positioning service process;

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；或，In a possible design, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device; or,

第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，定位消息用于确定终端设备的位置；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, and the positioning message is used to determine the location of the terminal device; or,

第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，第三网络设备为该核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

在一种可能的设计中，收发器将第一响应消息转发给终端设备。In one possible design, the transceiver forwards the first response message to the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，收发器向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二请求消息用于获取第二网络设备的能力信息；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, the transceiver sends a second request message to the second network device, and the second request message is used to obtain the capability of the second network device information;

收发器从第二网络设备接收第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度；The transceiver receives a second response message from the second network device, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning method supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device ；

处理器根据第二响应消息确定是否请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。The processor determines, according to the second response message, whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device.

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息用于指示由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，第一响应消息中还包括第二网络设备的辅助信息，辅助信息用于第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device, the first response message also includes auxiliary information of the second network device, and the auxiliary information is used for the second network device to The terminal equipment performs positioning.

在一种可能的设计中，当第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发时，收发器从第二网络设备接收定位消息，处理器根据定位消息对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, when the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to refuse to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, the transceiver receives the positioning message from the second network device, and the processor The positioning message locates the terminal device.

第十方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第四方面中第二网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第四方面中第二网络设备所执行的任意一种方法。该通信装置还可以包括收发器，该收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备为第一网络设备。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the method executed by the second network device in the fourth aspect. The communication device may also include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can call and execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement any method executed by the second network device in the fourth aspect. The communication device may also include a transceiver, and the transceiver is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device is the first network device.

收发器接收第一网络设备发送的第一请求消息，第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；The transceiver receives a first request message sent by the first network device, where the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to indicate that the switched terminal device is in a positioning service process;

在一种可能的设计中，第一请求消息还包括定位服务指示，定位服务指示是否使用第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first request message further includes a location service indication, and the location service indicates whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，该收发器接收第一网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二请求消息用于获取第二网络设备的能力信息；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and the transceiver receives a second request message sent by the first network device. The second request message is used to obtain the information of the second network device. Capability information

收发器向第一网络设备发送第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度，以使第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。The transceiver sends a second response message to the first network device, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning method supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device , So that the first network device determines whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device according to the second response message.

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息用于指示由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，第一响应消息中还包括第二网络设备的辅助信息，辅助信息用于该第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device, the first response message also includes auxiliary information of the second network device, and the auxiliary information is used for the second network device Position the terminal equipment.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，收发器向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with positioning function in the access network, the transceiver sends a third request message to the network element with positioning function in the core network, and the third request message is used for the core network The network element with the positioning function in it determines whether to allow the second network device to locate the terminal device;

收发器从核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收第三响应消息，第三响应消息用于指示确定结果，确定结果为核心网中具有定位功能的网元是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位的结果；The transceiver receives a third response message from the network element with the positioning function in the core network. The third response message is used to indicate the determination result. The determination result is whether the network element with the positioning function in the core network agrees to the second network device to the terminal device The result of positioning;

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

在一种可能的设计中，当第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发时，收发器从终端设备接收定位消息；收发器向第一网络设备发送定位消息，以使第一网络设备根据定位消息对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, when the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, the transceiver receives the positioning message from the terminal device; The network device sends a positioning message, so that the first network device locates the terminal device according to the positioning message.

第十一方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块，这些模块可以执行上述第一方面任一种设计示例中的终端设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device or a device in a terminal device. The communication device may include a processing module and a communication module. These modules can perform any of the above-mentioned first aspects. The corresponding functions performed by the terminal device in the design example, specifically:

通信模块，用于接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示终端设备发送的第一消息的类型，第一消息用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置，第一消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型或接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元；The communication module is configured to receive first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first message sent by the terminal device, the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device, and the first message is that the access network device can The type of the recognized message or the type of the message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, and the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network or a network element with a positioning function in the access network;

处理模块，用于根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型，并控制通信模块向第一网络设备发送第一消息。The processing module is configured to determine the type of the first message according to the first indication information, and control the communication module to send the first message to the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息中指示的类型确定第一消息的类型；或，In a possible design, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information; or,

处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息的类型，确定第一消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息中指示的类型为该接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，In a possible design, the processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information. The type of message; or,

处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is that the access network device cannot recognize the core network device but the core network device cannot recognize the message type according to the type indicated in the first indication information. The type of message that can be identified.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，In a possible design, the processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device according to the first indication information as a message that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

处理模块，具体用于根据第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息，确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize according to the first indication information that the access network device cannot recognize the message but the core network device can recognize .

第十二方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一网络设备，也可以是第一网络设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块，这些模块可以执行上述第二方面任一种设计示例中的第一网络设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a first network device or a device in the first network device. The communication device may include a processing module and a communication module. These modules can perform the second In terms of the corresponding function performed by the first network device in any design example, specifically:

该通信模块，用于获取第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，该定位服务器用于对终端设备进行定位；The communication module is used to obtain second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network or a network element with positioning function in the access network, and the positioning server is used for Position terminal equipment;

通信模块，用于接收终端设备发送的第一消息，第一消息用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置；The communication module is configured to receive a first message sent by the terminal device, and the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device;

处理模块，用于根据第二指示信息确定对第一消息进行处理；A processing module, configured to determine to process the first message according to the second instruction information;

通信模块，还用于转发第一消息。The communication module is also used to forward the first message.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，具体用于从配置信息中获取第二指示信息；或者，In a possible design, the processing module is specifically used to obtain the second indication information from the configuration information; or,

通信模块，具体用于从第二网络设备接收第二指示信息；或者，The communication module is specifically configured to receive the second indication information from the second network device; or,

定位服务器的标识；或，The identification of the location server; or,

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，用于根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器。In a possible design, the processing module is configured to determine the positioning server according to the second indication information.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为通信装置的标识，则确定定位服务器为通信装置；或，In a possible design, the processing module is configured to determine that the identification of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identification of the communication device, and then determine that the positioning server is the communication device; or,

处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与通信装置所支持的小区的标识相同，则确定定位服务器为通信装置。The processing module is configured to determine that the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is the same as the identity of the cell supported by the communication device, and then determine that the positioning server is the communication device.

在一种可能的设计中，处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识与通信装置的标识不同，且定位服务器的标识与核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识不同，则确定定位服务器为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识相同；或，In a possible design, the processing module is used to determine that the identification of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information is different from the identification of the communication device, and the identification of the positioning server is different from the identification of the network element with positioning function in the core network , It is determined that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device. In addition to the communication device, the identification of the network element with the positioning function in the access network and the positioning indicated in the second indication information The server’s ID is the same; or,

处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与通信装置所支持的小区的标识不同，则确定定位服务器为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元所支持的小区的标识与第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识相同；或，The processing module is used to determine that the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is different from the identity of the cell supported by the communication device, and then determine that the positioning server is a device with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device For the network element, except for the communication device, the identifier of the cell supported by the network element with the positioning function in the access network is the same as the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server indicated in the second indication information; or,

处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识，则确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元；或，The processing module is configured to determine that the identifier of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identifier of a network element with positioning function in the core network, and then determine that the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the core network; or,

处理模块，用于确定第二指示信息中包括与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识，则确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The processing module is configured to determine that the second indication information includes the identifier of the core network device interacting with the positioning server, and then determine that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

在一种可能的设计中，在处理模块，用于根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器为通信装置时，则根据第一消息对终端设备进行定位；或，In a possible design, when the processing module is configured to determine that the positioning server is a communication device according to the second indication information, then locate the terminal device according to the first message; or,

处理模块，用于根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器不是通信装置；A processing module for determining that the positioning server is not a communication device according to the second instruction information;

通信模块，还用于将第一消息转发给定位服务器。The communication module is also used to forward the first message to the positioning server.

第十三方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一网络设备，也可以是第一网络设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括通信模块，该模块可以执行上述第三方面任一种设计示例中的第一网络设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a first network device or a device in the first network device. The communication device may include a communication module, which can perform any of the foregoing third aspects. The corresponding functions performed by the first network device in this design example, specifically:

通信模块，用于向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求将终端设备的服务基站由通信装置切换为第二网络设备，第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备；The communication module is configured to send a first request message to the second network device. The first request message is used to request that the serving base station of the terminal device be switched from the communication device to the second network device. The first request message also includes a positioning service switching instruction, The positioning service switching instruction is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service, and to request that the positioning service of the terminal device be switched to the second network device;

通信模块，用于从第二网络设备接收与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The communication module is configured to receive a first response message corresponding to the first request message from the second network device.

在一种可能的设计中，通信模块，用于接收到第一响应消息后，将第一响应消息转发给终端设备。In a possible design, the communication module is configured to forward the first response message to the terminal device after receiving the first response message.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为除通信装置之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，通信模块，用于向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the communication device, and the communication module is used to send a second request message to the second network device through the second request The message acquires the capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning method supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device.

通信模块，用于从第二网络设备在接收第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息；A communication module, configured to receive a second response message from the second network device, the second response message including capability information of the second network device;

装置还包括处理模块，处理模块用于根据第二响应消息确定是否请求第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。The device further includes a processing module, configured to determine whether to request the second network device to locate the terminal device according to the second response message.

第十四方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二网络设备，也可以是第二网络设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括通信模块，该模块可以执行上述第三方面任一种设计示例中的第二网络设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：According to a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a second network device or a device in the second network device. The communication device may include a communication module, which can perform any of the foregoing third aspects. The corresponding functions performed by the second network device in this design example, specifically:

通信模块，用于从第一网络设备接收第一请求消息，第一请求消息用于请求将终端设备的服务基站由第一网络设备切换为通信装置，第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到通信装置。The communication module is configured to receive a first request message from the first network device, the first request message is used to request that the serving base station of the terminal device be switched from the first network device to the communication device, and the first request message also includes a positioning service switching instruction, The positioning service switching instruction is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service, and to request that the positioning service of the terminal device be switched to the communication device.

通信模块，用于向第一网络设备发送与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The communication module is configured to send a first response message corresponding to the first request message to the first network device.

在一种可能的设计中，若第一响应消息用于指示由通信装置对终端设备进行定位，则第一响应消息中还包括通信装置的辅助信息，辅助信息用于该通信装置对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, if the first response message is used to instruct the communication device to locate the terminal device, the first response message also includes auxiliary information of the communication device, and the auxiliary information is used by the communication device to perform the positioning of the terminal device. Positioning.

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，通信模块，用于从第一网络设备接收第二请求消息，通过第二请求消息获取通信装置的能力信息，能力信息包括通信装置所支持的定位方式和/或通信装置所支持的定位精度。In a possible design, the communication device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device, and the communication module is used to receive a second request message from the first network device and pass the second request The message acquires the capability information of the communication device, and the capability information includes the positioning method supported by the communication device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the communication device.

通信模块，用于向第一网络设备发送包括通信装置的能力信息的第二响应消息，以使第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否请求通信装置对终端设备进行定位。The communication module is configured to send a second response message including the capability information of the communication device to the first network device, so that the first network device determines whether to request the communication device to locate the terminal device according to the second response message.

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，当通信模块，用于向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由通信装置对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the communication device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device. When the communication module is used to send a third request to the network element with the positioning function in the core network Message, the third request message is used for a network element with a positioning function in the core network to determine whether to agree to the communication device to locate the terminal device;

然后，通信模块，用于从核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收第三响应消息，第三响应消息指示其是否同意由通信装置对终端设备进行定位的结果。Then, the communication module is configured to receive a third response message from a network element with a positioning function in the core network, the third response message indicating whether it agrees with the result of positioning the terminal device by the communication device.

处理模块，用于根据第三响应消息生成第一响应消息。The processing module is configured to generate a first response message according to the third response message.

在一种可能的设计中，该第三请求消息中包括如下信息中的至少一种：In a possible design, the third request message includes at least one of the following information:

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

在一种可能的设计中，通信装置可以为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，在这种情况下，通信模块，用于向第三网络设备发送第四请求消息，通过第四请求消息指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the communication device may be a network element with a positioning function in the core network. In this case, the communication module is configured to send a fourth request message to the third network device, and indicate through the fourth request message The third network device locates the terminal device.

然后，通信模块，用于从第三网络设备接收用于指示是否同意对终端设备进行定位的第四响应消息，从而，处理模块，用于根据第四响应消息生成第一响应消息。Then, the communication module is configured to receive from the third network device a fourth response message indicating whether to agree to locate the terminal device, so that the processing module is configured to generate a first response message according to the fourth response message.

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第十五方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是第一网络设备，也可以是第一网络设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括通信模块，该模块可以执行上述第四方面任一种设计示例中的第一网络设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a first network device or a device in the first network device. The communication device may include a communication module, which can perform any of the foregoing fourth aspects. The corresponding functions performed by the first network device in this design example, specifically:

通信模块，用于向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；The communication module is configured to send a first request message to the second network device, the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to indicate that the switched terminal device is in a positioning service process;

在一种可能的设计中，通信模块，用于将第一响应消息转发给终端设备。In a possible design, the communication module is used to forward the first response message to the terminal device.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，通信模块，用于向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二请求消息用于获取第二网络设备的能力信息；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and the communication module is used to send a second request message to the second network device, and the second request message is used to obtain the second network Equipment capability information;

通信模块，用于从第二网络设备接收第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度；The communication module is configured to receive a second response message from the second network device, the second response message includes the capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning method supported by the second network device and/or the second network device. Positioning accuracy;

装置还包括处理模块，处理模块，用于根据第二响应消息确定是否请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。The device also includes a processing module, which is used to determine whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device according to the second response message.

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对该终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，通信模块，用于从第二网络设备接收定位消息，该处理模块，用于根据定位消息对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, and the communication module is used to receive the positioning message from the second network device. The processing module is used to locate the terminal device according to the positioning message.

第十六方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是第二网络设备，也可以是第二网络设备中的装置，该通信装置可以包括通信模块，该模块可以执行上述第四方面任一种设计示例中的第二网络设备所执行的相应功能，具体的：In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a second network device or a device in the second network device. The communication device may include a communication module, which can perform any of the foregoing fourth aspects. The corresponding functions performed by the second network device in this design example, specifically:

通信模块，用于接收第一网络设备发送的第一请求消息，第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；A communication module, configured to receive a first request message sent by a first network device, the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to indicate that the switched terminal device is in a positioning service process;

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，通信模块，用于接收第一网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二请求消息用于获取第二网络设备的能力信息；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and the communication module is used to receive a second request message sent by the first network device, and the second request message is used to obtain the second network Equipment capability information;

通信模块，用于向第一网络设备发送第二响应消息，第二响应消息包括第二网络设备的能力信息，能力信息包括第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或第二网络设备所支持的定位精度，以使第一网络设备根据第二响应消息确定是否请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到第二网络设备。The communication module is configured to send a second response message to the first network device, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes positioning methods supported by the second network device and/or supported by the second network device The positioning accuracy of the terminal device is required to enable the first network device to determine whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device according to the second response message.

在一种可能的设计中，第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，通信模块，用于向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位；In a possible design, the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and the communication module is used to send a third request message to the network element with a positioning function in the core network. The network element with the positioning function in the core network determines whether to agree to the positioning of the terminal device by the second network device;

通信模块，用于从核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收第三响应消息，第三响应消息用于指示确定结果，确定结果为核心网中具有定位功能的网元是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位的结果；The communication module is used to receive a third response message from the network element with the positioning function in the core network, the third response message is used to indicate the determination result, and the determination result is whether the network element with the positioning function in the core network agrees to be used by the second network device The result of positioning the terminal equipment;

装置还包括处理模块，处理模块，用于根据第三响应消息生成第一响应消息。The device also includes a processing module, which is configured to generate a first response message according to the third response message.

终端设备的标识；The identification of the terminal equipment;

第一网络设备的标识；The identity of the first network device;

在一种可能的设计中，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，通信模块，用于从终端设备接收定位消息；以及，用于向第一网络设备发送定位消息，以使第一网络设备根据定位消息对终端设备进行定位。In a possible design, the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, and the communication module is used to receive the positioning message from the terminal device; and, to Send a positioning message to the first network device, so that the first network device locates the terminal device according to the positioning message.

第十七方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面中终端设备执行的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect.

第十八方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the second aspect.

第十九方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the third aspect.

第二十方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in the third aspect.

第二十一方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the fourth aspect.

第二十二方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in the fourth aspect.

第二十三方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面中终端设备执行的方法。In the twenty-third aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect.

第二十四方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the second aspect.

第二十五方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the third aspect.

第二十六方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in the third aspect.

第二十七方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-seventh aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the first network device in the fourth aspect.

第二十八方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。In the twenty-eighth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in the fourth aspect.

第二十九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第一方面中终端设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a twenty-ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第二方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a thirtieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method executed by the first network device in the second aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第三方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory, configured to implement the method executed by the first network device in the third aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第三方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirty-second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method executed by the second network device in the third aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第四方面中第一网络设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirty-third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method executed by the first network device in the fourth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现第四方面中第二网络设备执行的方法。芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the thirty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method executed by the second network device in the fourth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.

第三十五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第五方面或第六方面所述的通信装置。In a thirty-fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication device according to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect.

第三十六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第七方面和第八方面所述的通信装置。In a thirty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication devices described in the seventh aspect and the eighth aspect.

第三十七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第九方面和第十方面所述的通信装置。In a thirty-seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication device described in the ninth aspect and the tenth aspect.

第三十八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第十一方面或第十二方面所述的通信装置。In a thirty-eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication device according to the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect.

第三十九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第十三方面或第十四方面所述的通信装置。In a thirty-ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect.

第四十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括第十五方面或第十六方面所述的通信装置。In a fortieth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the communication device according to the fifteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect.

上述第四方面至第四十方面及其实现方式的有益效果可以参考对第一方面或第二方面或第三方面的方法及其实现方式的有益效果的描述。For the beneficial effects of the foregoing fourth to fortieth aspects and their implementation manners, reference may be made to the description of the beneficial effects of the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect and the implementation manners.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1为本申请实施例提供的5G***中定位***架构图；FIG. 1 is an architecture diagram of a positioning system in a 5G system provided by an embodiment of this application;

图2A～图2D为本申请实施例提供的定位***的示例的架构图；2A to 2D are structural diagrams of examples of positioning systems provided by embodiments of this application;

图3为本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的一种示例的流程图；FIG. 3 is a flowchart of an example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;

图4为本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的另一种示例的流程图；4 is a flowchart of another example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application;

图5为本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的另一种示例的流程图；FIG. 5 is a flowchart of another example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;

图6为本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的另一种示例的流程图；FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;

图7为本申请实施例提供一种通信方法的另一种示例的流程图；FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another example of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;

图8为本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图9为本申请实施例中提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图10为本申请实施例中提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图11为本申请实施例中提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图；11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图；FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图；FIG. 13 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图；FIG. 14 is still another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图；FIG. 15 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图；FIG. 16 is still another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图。FIG. 17 is still another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式detailed description

为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.

1)终端设备(terminal equipment)，又称之为终端、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等，是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。1) Terminal equipment (terminal equipment), also known as terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., is a way of providing voice to users And/or data connectivity devices, for example, may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.

该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端、移动终端、订户单元(subscriber unit)、用户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal, mobile terminal, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access Point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.

例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，智能穿戴式设备等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminals, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, and smart wearable devices. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, etc.) PDA), and other equipment.

或者，终端设备还可以包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位***(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。Alternatively, the terminal device may also include restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.

作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，智能穿戴式设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。智能穿戴式设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, smart wearable devices are the general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A smart wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.

智能穿戴式设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义智能穿戴式设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。Smart wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, smart wearable devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be realized without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.

或者，该终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(driverless)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。Or, the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless, Wireless terminal in remote medical surgery, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home ) In the wireless terminal, etc.

2)网络设备，可以是(无线)接入网((radio)access network，(R)AN)设备，也可以是核心网(core network，CN)设备，或者他们的组合。2) The network equipment can be a (radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, a core network (core network, CN) equipment, or a combination thereof.

其中，(R)AN设备，例如包括基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端通信的设备。(无线)接入网设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。(无线)接入网设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。Wherein, the (R)AN device, for example, includes a base station (for example, an access point), and may refer to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal through one or more cells through an air interface in an access network. The (wireless) access network equipment can be used to convert the received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include IP network. The (wireless) access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.

例如，(无线)接入网设备可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)接入点(access point，AP)等。For example, (wireless) access network equipment may include radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), and base transceiver station (base transceiver station). , BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (access point, AP) etc.

(无线)接入网设备也可以包括长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***或演进的LTE***(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)。The (wireless) access network equipment may also include the evolutionary base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node in the long term evolution (LTE) system or the evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A)). B).

或者，(无线)接入网设备也可以包括5G***或新无线(new radio，NR)***中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)、收发点(transmission and reception point，TRP)，或传输点(transmission point，TP)。Alternatively, the (wireless) access network equipment may also include the next generation node B (gNB) and the transmission and reception point (TRP) in the 5G system or the new radio (NR) system, Or transmission point (TP).

或者，(无线)接入网设备可以也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，CloudRAN)***中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和/或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。在本申请实施例中，技术术语“(无线)接入网设备”和“接入网设备”可以互换使用。Alternatively, the (wireless) access network equipment may also include a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system, The embodiments of this application are not limited. In the embodiments of this application, the technical terms "(wireless) access network equipment" and "access network equipment" can be used interchangeably.

核心网设备，与多个接入网连接，包括电路交换(circuit switched，CS)域和/或数据交换(packet switched，PS)域，CS网元有移动交换中心，访问位置寄存器和网关移动交换中心，PS网元有通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)节点和网关GPRS支持节点。一些网元如归属位置寄存器，访问位置寄存器，鉴权中心可以CS域和PS域共享。Core network equipment, connected to multiple access networks, including circuit switched (CS) domain and/or data switching (packet switched, PS) domain, CS network element has mobile switching center, visit location register and gateway mobile switching In the center, the PS network element has a general packet radio service (GPRS) node and a gateway GPRS support node. Some network elements such as home location register, visitor location register, and authentication center can be shared by CS domain and PS domain.

3)定位服务器，可以是指用于根据终端设备对参考信号的测量信息(例如，RSTD或者小区标识(cell identification，CID)等)，确定终端设备的位置的设备，该设备可以是硬件设备，也可以是基于软件支持的逻辑设备。3) The positioning server may refer to a device used to determine the location of a terminal device according to the measurement information of the reference signal (for example, RSTD or cell identification (CID), etc.) of the terminal device. The device may be a hardware device, It can also be a logical device based on software support.

例如，定位服务器可以包括增强型服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)、定位管理功能(location management function，LMF)、无线接入网-定位管理组件(radio access network-location management component，RAN-LMC)等。For example, the positioning server may include an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC), a location management function (location management function, LMF), and a radio access network-location management component (radio access network-location management). component, RAN-LMC) etc.

其中，E-SMLC是位于演进分组核心网(evolved packet core，EPC)的定位服务器，LMF是位于5G核心网(5G core，5GC)的定位服务器，RAN-LMC是位于无线接入网侧定位服务功能组件，可以实现一部分LMF的功能。在本文中，RAN-LMC与LMC可以互换使用。Among them, E-SMLC is a location server located in the evolved packet core (EPC), LMF is a location server located in the 5G core network (5G core, 5GC), and RAN-LMC is a location service located on the side of the radio access network. The functional components can realize part of the functions of the LMF. In this article, RAN-LMC and LMC can be used interchangeably.

4)AMF网元，用于对终端设备的认证，终端设备的移动性管理，维护和管理终端设备的状态信息等功能。AMF网元通过NG-C接口与(无线)接入网设备进行交互，以及通过Nls接口与E-SMLC进行交互。4) AMF network element, used for terminal equipment authentication, terminal equipment mobility management, maintenance and management of terminal equipment status information and other functions. The AMF network element interacts with (wireless) access network equipment through the NG-C interface, and interacts with the E-SMLC through the Nls interface.

5)本申请实施例中“多个”是指两个或两个以上，鉴于此，本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”，可理解为一个或多个，例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。5) In the embodiments of this application, "multiple" refers to two or more than two. In view of this, "multiple" can also be understood as "at least two" in the embodiments of this application. "At least one" can be understood as one or more, for example, one, two or more.

例如，包括至少一个，是指包括一个、两个或更多个，而且不限制包括的是哪几个，例如，包括A、B和C中的至少一个，那么包括的可以是A、B、C、A和B、A和C、B和C、或A和B和C。For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included. For example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included can be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C.

“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。"And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.

另外，字符“/”，如无特殊说明，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请实施例中的术语“***”和“网络”可被互换使用。In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be used interchangeably.

除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。Unless otherwise stated, ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or importance of multiple objects.

如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念，下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。Some concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are introduced above, and the technical features of the embodiments of the present application are introduced below.

以OTDOA定位方案为例，介绍对终端设备进行定位的过程。Take the OTDOA positioning solution as an example to introduce the process of positioning terminal equipment.

在对终端设备进行定位之前，基站首先为终端设备配置用于对终端设备进行定位的多个辅助信息小区，由该多个辅助信息小区一起向终端设备发送定位参考信号(positioning reference signal，PRS)。Before positioning the terminal equipment, the base station first configures the terminal equipment with multiple auxiliary information cells for positioning the terminal equipment, and the multiple auxiliary information cells together send positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) to the terminal equipment. .

终端设备从该多个辅助信息小区中选择一个小区作为辅助信息参考小区，其他小区作为辅助信息邻区。当终端设备收到每个小区发送的PRS之后，则计算每个辅助信息邻区的PRS相对于辅助信息参考小区的PRS的RSTD。The terminal device selects one cell from the multiple auxiliary information cells as the auxiliary information reference cell, and other cells as the auxiliary information neighboring cells. After receiving the PRS sent by each cell, the terminal device calculates the RSTD of the PRS of each auxiliary information neighbor cell relative to the PRS of the auxiliary information reference cell.

然后，终端设备则可以选择将全部或者部分辅助信息邻区的RSTD等信息报告给E-SMLC。该需要上报的RSTD等信息可以通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol，LPP)承载，在下文中，为方便说明，可以将承载在LPP中的RSTD等信息称为LPP消息，当然，随着通信***的变化，LPP消息也可以是其他的名称，在此不作限制。Then, the terminal device can choose to report all or part of the RSTD and other information of the auxiliary information neighboring cell to the E-SMLC. The RSTD and other information to be reported can be carried by the LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP). In the following, for the convenience of description, the RSTD and other information carried in the LPP can be referred to as LPP messages. Of course, as the communication system changes Change, LPP message can also have other names, and there is no restriction here.

图1为本申请实施例提供的5G***中定位***架构图。终端设备通过LPP消息向LMF发送NAS消息。应理解，对LTE***，AMF可以是网关或移动性管理网元(mobility management element，MME)，LMF可以是E-SMLC。FIG. 1 is an architecture diagram of a positioning system in a 5G system provided by an embodiment of the application. The terminal device sends a NAS message to the LMF through an LPP message. It should be understood that for the LTE system, the AMF can be a gateway or a mobility management element (mobility management element, MME), and the LMF can be an E-SMLC.

首先，终端设备将该LPP消息封装为非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)信令，然后通过基站和终端设备之间的Uu接口，将该NAS信令发送给基站。基站在收到该NAS信令后，则通过基站与接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元之间的NG-C接口，将该NAS信令转发给AMF网元。First, the terminal device encapsulates the LPP message into non-access stratum (NAS) signaling, and then sends the NAS signaling to the base station through the Uu interface between the base station and the terminal device. After the base station receives the NAS signaling, it forwards the NAS signaling to the AMF network element through the NG-C interface between the base station and the access and mobility management function (AMF) network element .

AMF网元解析接收的NAS信令，获得该LPP消息，然后通过AMF网元与LMF之间的NLs接口，将LPP消息发送给LMF。LMF获取该LPP消息后，则利用预先存储的该多个辅助信息小区的地理位置信息以及该LPP消息计算出终端设备的位置。The AMF network element parses the received NAS signaling to obtain the LPP message, and then sends the LPP message to the LMF through the NLs interface between the AMF network element and the LMF. After obtaining the LPP message, the LMF uses the pre-stored geographic location information of the multiple auxiliary information cells and the LPP message to calculate the location of the terminal device.

当然，对终端设备进行定位的方法有多种，例如，还可以采用全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)定位方案、增强的基于小区标识(identification，ID)的定位技术(enhanced cell identity，ECID)定位方案等。由于各种定位方案中，终端设备在向LMF上报LPP消息的过程相似，因此，在此以其中的一种定位方案，例如OTDOA定位方案，作为一种示例进行说明。Of course, there are many methods for locating terminal equipment. For example, global navigation satellite system (GNSS) positioning schemes and enhanced cell identity (identification, ID)-based positioning technology (enhanced cell identity) can also be used. , ECID) positioning program, etc. Since the process of reporting the LPP message to the LMF in various positioning schemes is similar for the terminal device, one of the positioning schemes, such as the OTDOA positioning scheme, is used as an example for illustration.

由图1所示的过程可知，终端设备在向LMF上报LPP消息时，需要基站、AMF网元进行转发，从而使得现有技术中对终端设备进行定位的过程会存在一定的时延开销，因此，如何降低定位过程中的时延开销是目前亟待解决的技术问题。It can be seen from the process shown in Figure 1 that when a terminal device reports an LPP message to the LMF, it needs to be forwarded by the base station and AMF network element, so that there is a certain delay overhead in the process of positioning the terminal device in the prior art, so Therefore, how to reduce the delay overhead in the positioning process is a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.

鉴于此，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，在该方法中，用于确定终端设备的位置的定位服务器，可以为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，可以为LMF，也可以为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，具有定位功能的接入网设备。在这种情况下，终端设备在发送，用于定位服务器确定该终端设备的位置的第一消息之前，可以先接收用于指示该终端设备发送的第一消息的类型的第一指示信息。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. In this method, the positioning server used to determine the position of the terminal device may be a network element with positioning function in the core network, for example, it may be LMF or A network element with a positioning function in an access network, for example, an access network device with a positioning function. In this case, before sending the first message for the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device, the terminal device may first receive first indication information for indicating the type of the first message sent by the terminal device.

例如，当定位服务器是核心网中具有定位功能的网元，则该第一指示信息可以指示该第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。当定位服务器是接入网中具有定位功能的网元时，则该第一指示信息可以指示该第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型。For example, when the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, the first indication information may indicate that the type of the first message is a type that cannot be recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device. When the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, the first indication information may indicate that the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device.

然后，终端设备根据该第一指示信息确定该第一消息的类型后，则将该第一消息发送给第一网络设备。若第一消息的类型是第一网络设备能够识别的消息的类型，则第一网络设备则可以直接根据该第一消息确定该终端设备的位置，从而可以不用转发该第一消息，可以减少转发过程带来的时延开销。其中，第一网络设备为RAN中的定位功能，可以位于服务基站上，也可以位于其他的邻居基站上，具体依赖于网络部署，本申请不做约束。Then, after the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information, it sends the first message to the first network device. If the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the first network device, the first network device can directly determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message, thereby eliminating the need to forward the first message and reducing forwarding Delay overhead caused by the process. Wherein, the first network device is a positioning function in the RAN, and may be located on the serving base station or other neighbor base stations, depending on the network deployment, and this application does not restrict it.

下面，介绍本申请实施例的应用场景。The following describes the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application.

请参考图2A，为本申请实施例提供的一种定位架构的一种示例的示意图。在图2A中，包括终端设备、接入网设备以及LMF，其中，该终端设备位于该接入网设备的小区A的覆盖范围内，该接入网设备具有定位功能，其中，接入网设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网络设备，LMF为核心网中具有定位功能的网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 2A, which is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning architecture provided in an embodiment of this application. In Figure 2A, it includes a terminal device, an access network device, and an LMF. The terminal device is located within the coverage of cell A of the access network device, and the access network device has a positioning function. The access network device It is a network device with positioning function in the access network, and LMF is a network device with positioning function in the core network.

请参考图2B，为本申请实施例提供的一种定位架构的另一种示例的示意图。在图2B中，包括终端设备、接入网设备以及两个定位服务器，该架构中两个定位服务器分别为LMC和LMF。与图2A所示的定位架构不同的是，图2B中的接入网设备与LMC连接，通过LMC实现定位功能，LMC为接入网中具有定位功能的网络设备，LMF为核心网中具有定位功能的网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 2B, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning architecture provided by an embodiment of this application. In Figure 2B, it includes a terminal device, an access network device, and two positioning servers. In this architecture, the two positioning servers are LMC and LMF. Different from the positioning architecture shown in Figure 2A, the access network equipment in Figure 2B is connected to the LMC, and the positioning function is realized through LMC. LMC is a network equipment with positioning function in the access network, and LMF is a core network with positioning function. Functional network equipment.

请参考图2C，为本申请实施例提供的一种定位架构的另一种示例的示意图。与图2A不同的是，在图2C中还包括AMF网元，该AMF网元分别与接入网设备和LMF连接，其中，AMF网元为核心网中的网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 2C, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning architecture provided by an embodiment of this application. The difference from FIG. 2A is that FIG. 2C also includes an AMF network element, which is respectively connected to an access network device and an LMF, where the AMF network element is a network device in the core network.

请参考图2D，为本申请实施例提供的一种定位架构的另一种示例的示意图。与图2C不同的是，在图2D中包括两个接入网设备，分别为接入网设备1和接入网设备2，接入网设备1和接入网设备2分别通过AMF网元，与LMF连接，接入网设备2可以具有定位功能，也可以不具备定位功能，在图2D中以接入网设备2具有定位功能为例。终端设备位于该接入网设备1的小区A的覆盖范围内。Please refer to FIG. 2D, which is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning architecture provided in an embodiment of this application. The difference from Figure 2C is that Figure 2D includes two access network devices, namely access network device 1 and access network device 2. Access network device 1 and access network device 2 respectively pass through AMF network elements, Connected to the LMF, the access network device 2 may or may not have a positioning function. In FIG. 2D, the access network device 2 has a positioning function as an example. The terminal equipment is located in the coverage area of cell A of the access network equipment 1.

需要说明的是，接入网设备具有定位功能，可以理解为，若接入网设备接收到终端设备发送的用于定位的消息，例如LPP消息后，接入网设备可以通过其定位功能，对该LPP消息进行处理，从而得到终端设备的定位结果。It should be noted that the access network device has a positioning function. It can be understood that if the access network device receives a message for positioning sent by the terminal device, such as an LPP message, the access network device can use its positioning function to The LPP message is processed to obtain the positioning result of the terminal device.

图2A～图2D中的接入网设备和终端设备的数量只是举例，在实际应用中，本申请提供的定位架构可以为更多个终端设备提供服务，且可以包括更多的接入网设备。此外，在如图2A～图2D所示的定位架构中，尽管示出了LMF、接入网设备、终端设备及小区，但定位架构可以并不限于包括上述内容。例如，还可以包括用于承载虚拟化网络功能的设备、无线中继设备等。这些对于本领域普通技术人员而言是显而易见的，在此不一一详述。The numbers of access network devices and terminal devices in Figures 2A to 2D are just examples. In practical applications, the positioning architecture provided in this application can provide services for more terminal devices and can include more access network devices. . In addition, in the positioning architecture shown in FIGS. 2A to 2D, although the LMF, access network equipment, terminal equipment, and cells are shown, the positioning architecture may not be limited to include the foregoing content. For example, it may also include devices for carrying virtualized network functions, wireless relay devices, and so on. These are obvious to those of ordinary skill in the art, and will not be detailed here.

本申请实施例提供的定位***，可以应用于5G***、先进的长期演进(advanced long term evolution，LTE-A)***、全球微波互联接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)，或无线局域网络(wireless local area networks，WLAN)***等。The positioning system provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to 5G systems, advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) systems, worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), or wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) systems, etc.

此外，所述定位***还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，本申请实施例描述的通信***是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。In addition, the positioning system may also be suitable for future-oriented communication technologies. The communication system described in the embodiments of the present application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not constitute the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. Those of ordinary skill in the art know that with the evolution of the network architecture, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.

另外，需要说明的是，上述LMF只是对核心网中的定位服务器的一种示例，在其他的通信***中也可以为其他名称，本领域技术人员不应将LMF理解为对核心网中的定位服务器的限制。In addition, it should be noted that the above-mentioned LMF is only an example of the positioning server in the core network, and other names may also be used in other communication systems. Those skilled in the art should not interpret LMF as positioning in the core network. Server limitations.

下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The following describes the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with the drawings.

本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，请参见图3，为该通信方法的流程图。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of the communication method.

在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图2D所示的定位架构为例，也就是，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备1，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的接入网中具有定位功能的网元可以是接入网设备1或接入网设备2，下文中所述的核心网中具有定位功能的网元可以是LMF，下文中所述核心网设备可以是AMF网元。In the following introduction process, take the method applied to the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D as an example, that is, the first network device described below may be the access network device 1 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D The terminal device described below may be the terminal device in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D, and the network element with positioning function in the access network described below may be the access network device 1 or the access network device 2. The network element with the positioning function in the core network described below may be an LMF, and the core network device described below may be an AMF network element.

另外，该方法可由两个通信装置执行。这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置，其中，第一通信装置可以是接入网设备1或能够支持接入网设备1实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片***。对于第二通信装置也是同样，例如，第二通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，也可以是芯片***。且对于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的实现方式均不做限制。In addition, the method can be executed by two communication devices. The two communication devices are, for example, a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device may be the access network device 1 or a communication device capable of supporting the access network device 1 to implement the functions required by the method. Of course It may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the second communication device. For example, the second communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, or may be a chip system. And there are no restrictions on the implementation of the first communication device and the second communication device.

为便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由接入网设备1和终端设备执行为例，也就是，以第一通信装置是接入网设备1、第二通信装置是终端设备为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by the access network device 1 and the terminal device as an example, that is, the first communication device is the access network device 1 and the second communication device is the terminal device as an example.

S31、核心网设备确定用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。S31. The core network device determines a positioning server for positioning the terminal device.

在图2D所示的定位架构中，具有定位功能的设备包括接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，接入网设备1、接入网设备2，以及核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如LMF，因此，在对终端设备进行定位之前，首先由核心网设备确定使用该定位架构中的哪一个具有定位功能的设备，对终端设备进行定位。In the positioning architecture shown in Figure 2D, devices with positioning functions include network elements with positioning functions in the access network, for example, access network equipment 1, access network equipment 2, and network elements with positioning functions in the core network. For example, LMF. Therefore, before positioning the terminal device, the core network device first determines which device with the positioning function in the positioning architecture is used to locate the terminal device.

该核心网设备可以为图2D中所示的AMF网元，或者也可以是LMF，当然，若该定位架构的核心网中还存在其他设备，则也可以通过其他设备确定对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器，在此不作限制。在下文中，以该核心网设备为AMF网元为例。但应理解，对不同的核心网网元，终端设备传输的消息有所不同。例如，如果是AMF，则终端设备发送的是NAS消息，如果是LMF，则发送的消息是LPP消息。具体的依赖于所使用的网元，本申请不做限定。The core network device can be the AMF network element shown in Figure 2D, or it can also be an LMF. Of course, if there are other devices in the core network of the positioning architecture, other devices can also be used to determine the location of the terminal device. The location server is not limited here. In the following, take the core network device as an AMF network element as an example. However, it should be understood that the messages transmitted by the terminal equipment are different for different core network elements. For example, if it is AMF, the terminal device sends a NAS message, if it is an LMF, the sent message is an LPP message. The details depend on the network element used, which is not limited in this application.

AMF网元确定对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器可以包括但不限于如下方式：The AMF network element determines the positioning server for positioning the terminal device, including but not limited to the following methods:

第一种方式，当AMF网元接收到终端设备发送的定位请求后，AMF网元可以根据该定位请求中携带的信息，确定用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。In the first way, after the AMF network element receives the positioning request sent by the terminal device, the AMF network element can determine the positioning server used for positioning the terminal device according to the information carried in the positioning request.

作为一种示例，该定位请求中可以携带为终端设备提供服务的小区标识(cell identity,CID)、全球小区识别符(global cell identity，GCI)、物理小区识别符(physical cell identity，PCI)、接入网设备的标识，例如接入网设备的索引号、身份(identification，ID)编号等。AMF网元从该定位请求中获取为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备的标识后，可以根据该标识确定该接入网设备是否具有定位功能。或者，AMF网元在接收到终端设备发送的定位请求后，可以从操作管理和维护(operations administration and maintanance,OAM)功能网元中获取上述信息。As an example, the positioning request may carry the cell identity (CID), global cell identity (GCI), physical cell identity (PCI), The identification of the access network device, such as the index number and the identification (ID) number of the access network device. After the AMF network element obtains the identifier of the access network device that provides services for the terminal device from the positioning request, it can determine whether the access network device has a positioning function according to the identifier. Alternatively, after receiving the positioning request sent by the terminal device, the AMF network element may obtain the above information from the operation management and maintenance (OAM) functional network element.

例如，AMF网元中预先存储具有定位功能的接入网设备的标识，然后，将预先存储的具有定位功能的接入网设备的标识与从该定位请求中获取的接入网设备的标识进行匹配。For example, the AMF network element pre-stores the identification of the access network device with the positioning function, and then combines the identification of the access network device with the positioning function stored in advance with the identification of the access network device obtained from the positioning request. match.

若从该定位请求中获取的接入网设备的标识与预先存储的具有定位功能的接入网设备的其中一个标识相同，则认为为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备具有定位功能，从而可以确定使用该接入网设备为该终端设备的定位服务器。If the identifier of the access network device obtained from the positioning request is the same as one of the pre-stored identifiers of the access network device with positioning function, it is considered that the access network device serving the terminal device has the positioning function, and thus It can be determined that the access network device is used as the positioning server of the terminal device.

若从该定位请求中获取的接入网设备的标识与预先存储的具有定位功能的接入网设备的任意一个标识均不相同，则认为为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备不具有定位功能，从而可以确定使用LMF为该终端设备的定位服务器。If the identifier of the access network device obtained from the positioning request is not the same as any of the pre-stored identifiers of the access network device with positioning function, it is considered that the access network device providing services for the terminal device does not have positioning Function to determine the use of LMF as the positioning server of the terminal device.

第二种方式，AMF网元可以主动发起对终端设备的定位请求，例如，AMF网元可以周期性对终端设备进行定位等。当AMF网元主动发起对终端设备的定位请求后，AMF网元可以根据具有定位功能的接入网设备的负载量以及LMF的负载量确定对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。In the second way, the AMF network element can actively initiate a positioning request for the terminal device. For example, the AMF network element can periodically locate the terminal device. After the AMF network element actively initiates a positioning request for the terminal device, the AMF network element may determine the positioning server for positioning the terminal device according to the load of the access network device with positioning function and the load of the LMF.

作为一种示例，当AMF网元主动发起对终端设备的定位请求时，AMF网元可以获取每个具有定位功能的接入网设备的负载量以及LMF的负载量，确定负载量最小的网络设备为终端设备的定位服务器。As an example, when the AMF network element actively initiates a positioning request for a terminal device, the AMF network element can obtain the load of each access network device with positioning function and the load of the LMF, and determine the network device with the smallest load Positioning server for terminal equipment.

例如，在图2D所示的定位架构中，具有定位功能的接入网设备包括接入网设备1和接入网设备2，AMF网元确定接入网设备1为10个终端设备提供定位服务，接入网设备2为5个终端设备提供定位服务，以及，LMF为3个终端设备提供定位服务，因此，AMF网元可以确定使用LMF为该终端设备的定位服务器。For example, in the positioning architecture shown in Figure 2D, the access network equipment with positioning function includes access network equipment 1 and access network equipment 2, and the AMF network element determines that access network equipment 1 provides positioning services for 10 terminal devices. The access network device 2 provides location services for five terminal devices, and the LMF provides location services for three terminal devices. Therefore, the AMF network element can determine to use LMF as the location server for the terminal device.

第三种方式，AMF网元可以是在接收到终端设备发送的用于切换接入网设备的切换请求后，确定终端设备的定位服务器。In the third manner, the AMF network element may determine the positioning server of the terminal device after receiving the handover request for switching the access network device sent by the terminal device.

作为一种示例，AMF网元在接收该切换请求后，可以确定该切换请求中的源接入网设备或目标接入网设备为该终端设备的定位服务器。As an example, after receiving the handover request, the AMF network element can determine that the source access network device or the target access network device in the handover request is the positioning server of the terminal device.

例如，终端设备发送的切换请求为由接入网设备1切换到接入网设备2，AMF网元首先确定终端设备所要切换的目标接入网设备是否具有定位功能。若目标接入网设备具有定位功能，则AMF网元可以确定该终端设备的定位服务器为目标接入网设备，若目标接入网设备不具有定位功能，则AMF网元可以确定该终端设备的定位服务器为源接入网设备，若两者均具有定位功能，则AMF网元可以随机选择一个作为定位服务器。For example, the handover request sent by the terminal device is to switch from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, and the AMF network element first determines whether the target access network device to be switched by the terminal device has a positioning function. If the target access network device has a positioning function, the AMF network element can determine that the positioning server of the terminal device is the target access network device. If the target access network device does not have the positioning function, the AMF network element can determine the terminal device's The positioning server is the source access network device. If both have positioning functions, the AMF network element can randomly select one as the positioning server.

例如，AMF网元也可以获取每个接入网设备的能力信息，该能力信息中可以包括该接入网设备是否具有定位功能的信息。AMF根据每个接入网设备的能力信息，确定接入网设备1和接入网设备2均具有定位功能，因此，AMF网元可以随机选择一个，例如，选择目标接入网设备(也就是接入网设备2)作为该终端设备的定位服务器。For example, the AMF network element may also obtain capability information of each access network device, and the capability information may include information about whether the access network device has a positioning function. According to the capability information of each access network device, AMF determines that both access network device 1 and access network device 2 have positioning functions. Therefore, the AMF network element can randomly select one, for example, select the target access network device (that is, The access network device 2) serves as the positioning server of the terminal device.

当然，AMF网元也可以采用其他方式确定终端设备的定位服务器，在此不一一举例。Of course, the AMF network element may also use other methods to determine the location server of the terminal device, and no examples are given here.

S32、AMF网元发送第一指示信息，终端设备接收该第一指示信息。S32. The AMF network element sends first indication information, and the terminal device receives the first indication information.

在本申请实施例中，可以用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器可以是LMF也可以是具有定位功能的接入网设备，当用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器不同时，终端设备上报用于确定终端设备的位置的信息的方式也不一样。In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning server that can be used to locate the terminal device may be an LMF or an access network device with positioning function. When the positioning server used to locate the terminal device is different, the terminal device reports The information used to determine the location of the terminal device is also different.

为方便说明，在下文中，以用于确定终端设备的位置的信息为第一消息为例。作为一种示例，该第一消息可以包括RSTD、参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power，RSRP)、终端设备所在的服务小区的参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality，RSRQ)、终端设备与服务小区之间的收发信号时间差、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)、终端设备所在的服务小区的标识等信息中的一种或多种，当然，也可以包括其他信息，在此不一一列举。For convenience of description, in the following, the information used to determine the location of the terminal device is the first message as an example. As an example, the first message may include RSTD, reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) of the serving cell where the terminal device is located, terminal device and service One or more of the information such as the time difference of receiving and sending signals between cells, sounding reference signal (SRS), and the identity of the serving cell where the terminal device is located. Of course, it may also include other information, which is not one by one here. Enumerate.

当用于确定终端设备的位置的定位服务器为LMF，则终端设备上报的第一消息是发送给LMF的，也就是说接入网设备无需知道该第一消息中发送的内容，因此，在发送之前，终端设备需要将该第一消息封装为接入网设备无法识别但是核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如，通过NAS消息承载的LPP消息，然后发送，这种方式可与现有技术中的方式相似。When the positioning server used to determine the location of the terminal device is LMF, the first message reported by the terminal device is sent to LMF, that is to say, the access network device does not need to know the content sent in the first message. Previously, the terminal device needed to encapsulate the first message as a message type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, for example, an LPP message carried by a NAS message, and then sent. This method can be compared with the prior art. The way in is similar.

当用于确定终端设备的位置的定位服务器为具有定位功能的接入网设备，则终端设备上报的第一消息是发送给接入网设备的，因此，终端设备可以将第一消息封装为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如，RRC消息，然后发送。这样，接入网设备便可以根据该第一消息确定终端设备的位置，可以简化定位步骤，减少定位过程的时延。When the positioning server used to determine the location of the terminal device is an access network device with a positioning function, the first message reported by the terminal device is sent to the access network device. Therefore, the terminal device can encapsulate the first message as an access network device. The type of message that the connected device can recognize, for example, RRC message, and then send it. In this way, the access network device can determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message, which can simplify the positioning procedure and reduce the time delay of the positioning process.

需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的LPP消息，NAS消息以及RRC消息之间存在嵌套关系，即，LPP消息可以通过NAS消息承载，NAS消息可以通过RRC消息承载。或者，LPP消息直接通过RRC消息承载。在本申请实施例中，该NAS消息，是指通过RRC消息承载的NAS消息。It should be noted that there is a nested relationship among LPP messages, NAS messages, and RRC messages in the embodiments of the present application, that is, LPP messages can be carried by NAS messages, and NAS messages can be carried by RRC messages. Or, the LPP message is directly carried by the RRC message. In the embodiment of this application, the NAS message refers to a NAS message carried by an RRC message.

因此，当AMF网元确定用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器后，AMF网元可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息，通过该第一指示信息将确定的定位服务器通知给终端设备，这样，终端设备可以根据定位服务器的不同，对第一消息采用不同的处理方式。Therefore, after the AMF network element determines the positioning server used to locate the terminal device, the AMF network element can send the first indication information to the terminal device, and notify the terminal device of the determined positioning server through the first indication information. In this way, The terminal device may adopt different processing methods for the first message according to different positioning servers.

也就是说，从终端设备的角度上，第一指示信息的作用不仅用于指示AMF网元确定的对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器，还用于指示终端设备发送的第一消息的类型。或者，也可以理解为通过指示终端设备发送的第一消息的类型来指示AMF网元确定的对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。That is, from the perspective of the terminal device, the first indication information serves not only to indicate the positioning server determined by the AMF network element to locate the terminal device, but also to indicate the type of the first message sent by the terminal device. Or, it can also be understood as indicating the positioning server determined by the AMF network element to locate the terminal device by indicating the type of the first message sent by the terminal device.

下面，对第一指示信息进行说明。Next, the first indication information will be described.

在本申请实施例中，第一指示信息可以包括但不限于如下六种情况：In the embodiment of this application, the first indication information may include but is not limited to the following six situations:

第一种情况：The first case:

第一指示信息直接指示第一消息的类型。The first indication information directly indicates the type of the first message.

也就是说，当AMF网元确定对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器后，AMF网元直接根据定位服务器的类型，确定第一消息的类型，并通过第一指示信息指示该第一消息的类型。That is, after the AMF network element determines the positioning server for positioning the terminal device, the AMF network element directly determines the type of the first message according to the type of the positioning server, and indicates the type of the first message through the first indication information.

作为一种示例，若AMF网元确定定位服务器为LMF，则AMF网元在第一指示信息中指示第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型；若AMF网元确定定位服务器为接入网设备，则AMF网元在第一指示信息中指示第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型。As an example, if the AMF network element determines that the positioning server is LMF, the AMF network element indicates in the first indication information that the type of the first message is a type of a message that cannot be recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device; if The AMF network element determines that the positioning server is an access network device, and the AMF network element indicates in the first indication information that the type of the first message is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device.

具体地，第一指示信息可以通过消息的内容进行指示，具体地可以通过某个特定的比特或字段进行指示，在此不作限制。Specifically, the first indication information may be indicated by the content of the message, and specifically may be indicated by a specific bit or field, which is not limited here.

第二种情况：The second case:

第一指示信息中携带有AMF网元确定的定位服务器的标识。The first indication information carries the identifier of the positioning server determined by the AMF network element.

作为一种示例，当终端设备接入到接入网设备1时，接入网设备1可以向终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息用于指示接入网中的网元的标识的范围，该范围可以是0～256，也就是说，接入网设备的标识一定会位于该范围中，例如，接入网设备1的标识为0，接入网设备2的标识为1，而LMF的标识则可以为大于256的任意一个数值，例如，可以为280等。As an example, when a terminal device accesses the access network device 1, the access network device 1 may send configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information is used to indicate the range of the identity of the network element in the access network. The range can be 0 to 256, that is, the identifier of the access network device must be in this range. For example, the identifier of the access network device 1 is 0, the identifier of the access network device 2 is 1, and the identifier of the LMF It can be any value greater than 256, for example, it can be 280.

当一个网元的标识处于该范围内时，则表示该网元为接入网中的网元，若一个网元的标识超出该范围，则表示该网元为核心网中的网元。When the identity of a network element is within the range, it means that the network element is a network element in the access network, and if the identity of a network element is out of this range, it means that the network element is a network element in the core network.

作为另一种示例，定位服务器的标识可以包括核心网设备的标识或者接入网设备的标识两种类型，例如，该定位服务器的标识为0时，表示该定位服务器的标识为核心网设备的标识，则终端设备可以确定定位服务器位于核心网。该定位服务器的标识为1时，表示该定位服务器的标识为接入网设备的标识，则终端设备可以确定定位服务器位于接入网。As another example, the identification of the positioning server may include the identification of the core network device or the identification of the access network device. For example, when the identification of the positioning server is 0, it means that the identification of the positioning server is the identification of the core network device. Identification, the terminal device can determine that the positioning server is located in the core network. When the identifier of the positioning server is 1, it means that the identifier of the positioning server is the identifier of the access network device, and the terminal device can determine that the positioning server is located in the access network.

这样，当AMF网元确定对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器后，则根据定位服务器的标识生成第一指示信息。In this way, after the AMF network element determines the positioning server for positioning the terminal device, it generates the first indication information according to the identifier of the positioning server.

第三种情况：The third case:

第一指示信息中携带有AMF网元确定的定位服务器的类型。The first indication information carries the type of the positioning server determined by the AMF network element.

在本申请实施例中，定位服务器的类型分为两种，第一种类型为接入网设备的类型，第二种类型为核心网设备的类型。且，当定位服务器的类型为接入网设备的类型，则可以默认为是为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备。In the embodiment of this application, there are two types of positioning servers, the first type is the type of access network equipment, and the second type is the type of core network equipment. Moreover, when the type of the positioning server is the type of the access network device, it can be the access network device that provides services for the terminal device by default.

作为一种示例，AMF网元可以预先与终端设备约定使用第一指示信息中的一个比特或者一个字段指示AMF网元确定的定位服务器的类型。例如，使用第一指示信息中的一个比特来进行指示，当该比特的取值为0时，则表示定位服务器的类型为接入网设备的类型，当第一个比特的取值为1时，则表示定位服务器的类型为核心网设备的类型。应理解，这里仅是示例性的，具体的取值本申请不做限制。As an example, the AMF network element may pre-arrange with the terminal device to use one bit or one field in the first indication information to indicate the type of the positioning server determined by the AMF network element. For example, use a bit in the first indication information to indicate. When the value of this bit is 0, it means that the type of the positioning server is the type of the access network device. When the value of the first bit is 1, , It means that the type of positioning server is the type of core network equipment. It should be understood that this is only an example, and the specific value is not limited in this application.

第四种情况：The fourth situation:

第一指示信息中携带有定位服务器的定位会话(session)的标识。The first indication information carries the identifier of the positioning session (session) of the positioning server.

作为一种示例，接入网设备1可以预先向终端设备发送配置信息，该配置信息用于指示接入网设备中的定位会话的标识的范围，该范围可以是0～128，也就是说，接入网设备的定位会话的标识一定会位于该范围中，而LMF的定位会话的标识则可以为大于128的任意一个数值，例如，可以为200等。As an example, the access network device 1 may send configuration information to the terminal device in advance, the configuration information is used to indicate the range of the identifier of the positioning session in the access network device, and the range may be 0 to 128, that is, The identifier of the location session of the access network device must be located in this range, and the identifier of the location session of the LMF can be any value greater than 128, for example, it can be 200.

第五种情况：The fifth situation:

第一指示信息通过第一指示信息的类型，隐含指示AMF网元所确定的定位服务器。The first indication information implicitly indicates the positioning server determined by the AMF network element through the type of the first indication information.

也就是说，当AMF网元确定的定位服务器不同时，第一指示信息的类型也不同。当AMF网元确定的定位服务器为LMF时，第一指示信息的类型则可以为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如，可以为NAS消息。当AMF网元确定定位服务器为接入网设备时，第一指示信息的类型则可以为接入网设备能够识别的类型，例如，可以为RRC消息。That is, when the positioning server determined by the AMF network element is different, the type of the first indication information is also different. When the positioning server determined by the AMF network element is the LMF, the type of the first indication information may be a type of message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, for example, it may be a NAS message. When the AMF network element determines that the positioning server is an access network device, the type of the first indication information may be a type that can be recognized by the access network device, for example, it may be an RRC message.

需要说明的是，接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型可以是NAS消息，也可以是其他的消息类型，如封装在NAS消息中的LPP消息。接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型可以是RRC消息，也可以是其他的消息封装在RRC消息中，还可以是其他的消息，如媒体接入层控制(media access control，MAC)信令，在本申请实施例中不作限制。It should be noted that the type of messages that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize may be NAS messages, or other message types, such as LPP messages encapsulated in NAS messages. The type of messages that can be recognized by the access network device can be RRC messages, other messages can also be encapsulated in RRC messages, or other messages, such as media access control (MAC) signaling, There is no limitation in the embodiments of this application.

第六种情况：The sixth situation:

第一指示信息可以是前述五种情况中，任意两种或者三种或者四种或者五种情况的组合。具体组合的内容在此不再赘述。The first indication information may be a combination of any two or three or four or five of the aforementioned five situations. The content of the specific combination will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是，第一指示信息可以是专用的信令，例如，RRC配置信令，或者MAC信令(MAC control element，MAC CE)等；该第一指示信息也可以是LPP消息，或者，将LPP消息采用RRC信令的封装格式进行封装的信息，或者将LPP消息采用NAS信令的封装格式进行封装的信息。或者，该第一指示信息也可以是AMF网元与终端设备交互的其中任意一条消息，在本申请实施例中，不对第一指示信息的具体形式进行限制。It should be noted that the first indication information may be dedicated signaling, for example, RRC configuration signaling, or MAC signaling (MAC control element, MAC CE), etc.; the first indication information may also be an LPP message, or, The information that the LPP message is encapsulated in the encapsulation format of RRC signaling, or the information that the LPP message is encapsulated in the encapsulation format of NAS signaling. Alternatively, the first indication information may also be any one of the messages that the AMF network element interacts with the terminal device. In this embodiment of the present application, the specific form of the first indication information is not limited.

另外，需要说明的是，AMF网元生成第一指示信息后，可以直接将该第一指示信息发送给终端设备，也可以将该第一指示信息发送给为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，然后由该接入网设备将第一指示信息转发给终端设备，当然，也可以通过其他方式将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，在此不作限制。在本申请实施例中，以AMF网元直接将该终端设备为例。In addition, it should be noted that after the AMF network element generates the first indication information, it can directly send the first indication information to the terminal device, or it can send the first indication information to the access network device that provides services for the terminal device. , And then the access network device forwards the first indication information to the terminal device. Of course, the first indication information can also be sent to the terminal device in other ways, which is not limited here. In the embodiment of this application, the AMF network element directly uses the terminal device as an example.

S33、终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型。S33. The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information.

当终端设备接收第一指示信息后，则根据该第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型。After receiving the first indication information, the terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information.

由步骤S32中对第一指示信息的介绍可知，AMF网元可以采用多种方式，通过第一指示信息，向终端设备指示用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。因此，终端设备根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型的方式也有多种，具体可以包括但不限于如下五种类型：From the introduction of the first indication information in step S32, it can be seen that the AMF network element can adopt a variety of ways to indicate to the terminal device a positioning server for positioning the terminal device through the first indication information. Therefore, there are also multiple ways for the terminal device to determine the type of the first message according to the first indication information, which may specifically include but are not limited to the following five types:

第一种确定方式：The first way to determine:

终端设备根据第一指示信息中指示的类型，确定第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information.

作为一种示例，若终端设备确定第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型。若终端设备确定第一指示信息中指示的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。As an example, if the terminal device determines that the type indicated in the first indication information is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device. Types of. If the terminal device determines that the type indicated in the first indication information is a message type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is that the access network device cannot recognize the core network device The type of message that can be identified.

第二种确定方式：The second way to determine:

终端设备根据第一指示信息中携带的定位服务器的标识，确定第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the identifier of the positioning server carried in the first indication information.

作为一种示例，当终端设备接入到接入网设备1时，终端设备通过接入网设备1发送的配置信息，确定接入网中的网元的标识的范围，例如，该范围可以是0～256。As an example, when a terminal device accesses the access network device 1, the terminal device determines the range of the identity of the network element in the access network through the configuration information sent by the access network device 1. For example, the range may be 0～256.

终端设备可以确定第一指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识是否超过该范围，若该定位服务器的标识位于该范围内，则终端设备确定AMF网元确定的定位服务器为接入网设备，进而确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如，可以为RRC消息。否则，终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如可以为NAS消息。The terminal device can determine whether the identification of the positioning server indicated in the first indication information exceeds the range. If the identification of the positioning server is within the range, the terminal device determines that the positioning server determined by the AMF network element is an access network device, and then determines The type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device, for example, it may be an RRC message. Otherwise, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type of a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, for example, it may be a NAS message.

第三种确定方式：The third way to determine:

终端设备根据第一指示信息中携带的定位服务器的类型，确定第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type of the positioning server carried in the first indication information.

作为一种示例，若终端设备确定第一指示信息中指示的定位服务器的类型为接入网设备的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；若终端设备确定第一指示信息中指示的定位服务器的类型为核心网设备的类型，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。As an example, if the terminal device determines that the type of the positioning server indicated in the first indication information is the type of the access network device, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the type of the message that the access network device can recognize; if The terminal device determines that the type of the positioning server indicated in the first indication information is the type of the core network device, and the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type of a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize.

第四种确定方式：The fourth way to determine:

终端设备根据第一指示信息中携带的定位会话的标识，确定第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the identifier of the positioning session carried in the first indication information.

作为一种示例，终端设备可以根据接入网设备1预先向终端设备发送配置信息，确定接入网设备中的定位会话的标识的范围，该范围可以是0～128。As an example, the terminal device may determine the range of the identifier of the positioning session in the access network device according to the configuration information sent to the terminal device in advance by the access network device 1, and the range may be 0-128.

终端设备可以确定第一指示信息中指示的定位会话的标识是否超过该范围，若该定位服务器的标识位于该范围内，则终端设备确定AMF网元确定的定位服务器为接入网设备，进而确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；否则，终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The terminal device can determine whether the identification of the positioning session indicated in the first indication information exceeds the range. If the identification of the positioning server is within the range, the terminal device determines that the positioning server determined by the AMF network element is an access network device, and then determines The type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device; otherwise, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type of a message that cannot be recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device.

第五种确定方式：The fifth way to determine:

终端设备根据第一指示信息的类型，确定第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.

作为一种示例，若终端设备确定第一指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；若终端设备确定第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。As an example, if the terminal device determines that the first indication information is a message that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the type of message that can be recognized by the access network device; if the terminal device determines that the first The indication information is a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, and the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a message type that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize.

例如，若终端设备确定第一指示信息为NAS消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为NAS消息，若终端设备确定第一指示信息为RRC消息，则终端设备确定第一消息的类型为RRC消息。For example, if the terminal device determines that the first indication information is a NAS message, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a NAS message, and if the terminal device determines that the first indication information is an RRC message, the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is RRC news.

当然，终端设备也可以采用其他方式确定第一消息的类型，在此不作限制。Of course, the terminal device may also use other methods to determine the type of the first message, which is not limited here.

S34、终端设备向第一网络设备发送该第一消息，第一网络设备接收该第一消息。S34. The terminal device sends the first message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first message.

在本申请实施例中，该第一接入网设备即为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，例如，可以为图2D所示的接入网设备1。In the embodiment of the present application, the first access network device is the access network device that provides services for the terminal device. For example, it may be the access network device 1 shown in FIG. 2D.

由步骤S32中对第一消息的描述可知，第一消息可以包括RSRP、RSRQ、终端设备与服务小区之间的收发信号时间差、SRS、终端设备所在的服务小区的标识等信息。From the description of the first message in step S32, it can be seen that the first message may include information such as RSRP, RSRQ, the time difference between receiving and sending signals between the terminal device and the serving cell, SRS, and the identity of the serving cell where the terminal device is located.

需要说明的是，RSRP、RSRQ、终端设备与服务小区之间的收发信号时间差中的任一种信息，可以是终端设备在接收到AMF网元发送的定位参数测量请求或终端设备主动发起定位请求后，通过对服务小区的参考信号进行测量得到的。或者，也可以是终端设备周期***小区的参考信号进行测量得到的。SRS、终端设备所在的服务小区的标识不需要终端设备进行测量，当终端设备接收到定位参数测量请求或终端设备主动发起定位请求后，直接上报对应的信息即可。It should be noted that any of RSRP, RSRQ, and the time difference between receiving and sending signals between the terminal device and the serving cell can be that the terminal device receives the positioning parameter measurement request sent by the AMF network element or the terminal device actively initiates the positioning request Later, it is obtained by measuring the reference signal of the serving cell. Or, it may also be obtained by measuring the reference signal of the periodic serving cell of the terminal device. The SRS and the identification of the serving cell where the terminal device is located does not require the terminal device to perform measurement. When the terminal device receives a positioning parameter measurement request or the terminal device actively initiates a positioning request, it can directly report the corresponding information.

也就是说，在一种可能实现中，终端设备可以在接收该第一指示信息之前，便已经获取了该第一消息的相关参数或内容，也可以是在获取第一指示信息之后，再对接入网设备1发送的服务小区的参考信号进行测量得到该第一消息，在本申请实施例中，不对终端设备获取第一指示信息和第一消息的先后顺序进行限制。That is to say, in a possible implementation, the terminal device may have already acquired the relevant parameters or content of the first message before receiving the first indication information, or it may be after acquiring the first indication information, and then The reference signal of the serving cell sent by the access network device 1 is measured to obtain the first message. In this embodiment of the present application, the order in which the terminal device obtains the first indication information and the first message is not limited.

需要说明的是，由于接入网中具有定位功能的网元可以有多个，例如，在图2D中，接入网设备1和接入网设备2均具有定位功能。而接入网设备1可能并不知道AMF网元确定的定位服务器，因此，当终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则终端设备在第一消息中还可以指示AMF网元确定的定位服务器。It should be noted that, since there may be multiple network elements with positioning functions in the access network, for example, in FIG. 2D, both the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 have the positioning function. The access network device 1 may not know the positioning server determined by the AMF network element. Therefore, when the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device returns in the first message It can indicate the positioning server determined by the AMF network element.

例如，终端设备可以在第一消息中携带定位服务器的标识和/或定位服务器所支持的小区的标识，小区的标识可以是CID，或者GCI，或者PCI。例如，终端设备通过第一指示信息确定AMF网元确定的定位服务器为接入网设备1，则终端设备在第一消息中可以携带接入网设备1的标识和/或接入网设备1的小区A的标识。当然，也可以携带其他能够指示定位服务器为接入网设备1的信息，在此不一一举例。For example, the terminal device may carry the identification of the positioning server and/or the identification of the cell supported by the positioning server in the first message, and the identification of the cell may be CID, GCI, or PCI. For example, the terminal device determines that the positioning server determined by the AMF network element is the access network device 1 through the first indication information, the terminal device may carry the identification of the access network device 1 and/or the access network device 1 in the first message. The identity of cell A. Of course, other information that can indicate that the positioning server is the access network device 1 can also be carried, and no examples are given here.

终端设备在获取第一消息的相关参数或内容后，则可以根据该第一消息的相关参数或内容生成LPP消息，然后根据确定的第一消息的类型，对LPP消息采用对应的协议进行封装，然后发送给接入网设备1。After obtaining the relevant parameters or content of the first message, the terminal device can generate an LPP message according to the relevant parameters or content of the first message, and then use the corresponding protocol to encapsulate the LPP message according to the determined type of the first message. Then send to the access network device 1.

例如，终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的类型，则终端设备可以使用RRC协议封装该LPP消息；若终端设备确定第一消息的类型为接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的类型，则终端设备可以使用NAS协议封装该LPP消息。For example, if the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type that can be recognized by the access network device, the terminal device can use the RRC protocol to encapsulate the LPP message; if the terminal device determines that the type of the first message is not recognized by the access network device but the core If the network device can recognize the type, the terminal device can use the NAS protocol to encapsulate the LPP message.

S35、第一接入网设备根据第一消息，确定终端设备的位置。S35. The first access network device determines the location of the terminal device according to the first message.

当接入网设备1接收第一消息，确定该第一消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则接入网设备1解析该第一消息。若第一消息中没有携带其他接入网设备的标识，或者该第一消息中携带的接入网设备的标识与接入网设备1的标识相同，或者该第一消息中携带的小区的标识为接入网设备1的其中一个小区的标识相同，则接入网设备1根据第一消息确定终端设备的位置。When the access network device 1 receives the first message and determines that the first message is a type of message that can be recognized by the access network device, the access network device 1 parses the first message. If the first message does not carry the identity of the other access network device, or the identity of the access network device carried in the first message is the same as the identity of the access network device 1, or the identity of the cell carried in the first message If the identity of one of the cells of the access network device 1 is the same, the access network device 1 determines the location of the terminal device according to the first message.

S36、第一接入网设备将该第一消息转发给定位服务器。S36. The first access network device forwards the first message to the positioning server.

当接入网设备1接收该第一消息，确定接入网设备无法识别该第一消息，则接入网设备1将该第一消息转发给LMF。具体地，接入网设备1通过AMF网元将该第一消息发送给LMF。When the access network device 1 receives the first message and determines that the access network device cannot recognize the first message, the access network device 1 forwards the first message to the LMF. Specifically, the access network device 1 sends the first message to the LMF through the AMF network element.

或者，当接入网设备1接收该第一消息，确定该第一消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则接入网设备1解析该第一消息。若第一消息中携带的接入网设备的标识与接入网设备1的标识不同，或者该第一消息中携带的小区的标识为接入网设备1的任意一个小区的标识不同，则接入网设备1将该第一消息转发给对应的接入网设备。Or, when the access network device 1 receives the first message and determines that the first message is a type of message that can be recognized by the access network device, the access network device 1 parses the first message. If the identity of the access network device carried in the first message is different from the identity of the access network device 1, or the identity of the cell carried in the first message is different from the identity of any cell of the access network device 1, then The network access device 1 forwards the first message to the corresponding access network device.

在这种情况下，作为一种示例，接入网设备之间可以进行交互，例如，可以获取与每个接入网设备相邻的其他接入网设备的标识。若接入网设备1确定该第一消息中携带的接入网设备的标识与某一个相邻的接入网设备(例如接入网设备2)的标识相同，则接入网设备1可以将第一消息转发给接入网设备2，以使接入网设备2根据该第一消息确定终端设备的位置。In this case, as an example, the access network devices can interact with each other, for example, the identifiers of other access network devices adjacent to each access network device can be obtained. If the access network device 1 determines that the identifier of the access network device carried in the first message is the same as the identifier of a certain adjacent access network device (for example, the access network device 2), the access network device 1 may The first message is forwarded to the access network device 2, so that the access network device 2 determines the location of the terminal device according to the first message.

作为另一种示例，接入网设备之间也可以不用获知相邻的其他接入网设备的标识。As another example, the access network devices may not need to know the identities of other adjacent access network devices.

例如，当接入网设备1确定第一消息中携带的接入网设备的标识与接入网设备1的标识不同，或者该第一消息中携带的小区的标识为接入网设备1的任意一个小区的标识不同，则接入网设备1可以将第一消息分别发送给相邻的其他接入网设备，其他的接入网设备在接收该第一消息后，根据第一消息中指示的标识进行判断，当该第一消息中指示的标识与自身的标识相同，则根据第一消息确定终端设备的位置，否则，继续转发该第一消息。For example, when the access network device 1 determines that the identity of the access network device carried in the first message is different from the identity of the access network device 1, or the cell identity carried in the first message is any of the identity of the access network device 1. If the identity of a cell is different, the access network device 1 can send the first message to other neighboring access network devices. After receiving the first message, the other access network devices will follow the instructions in the first message. The identification is determined, and when the identification indicated in the first message is the same as its own identification, the location of the terminal device is determined according to the first message; otherwise, the first message is continued to be forwarded.

需要说明的是，步骤S35和步骤S36只需要择一执行即可，具体可以根据步骤S34来确定执行步骤S35还是执行步骤S36，在此不作限制。在图3中，以执行S35，且在图3中以接入网设备1将第一消息发送给AMF网元，以使AMF网元将第一消息转发给LMF(AMF网元转发第一消息的过程未示出)为例，步骤S36以虚线表示，且以步骤S36中的定位服务器为LMF为例。It should be noted that step S35 and step S36 only need to be executed by choosing one of them. Specifically, step S35 or step S36 can be determined according to step S34, which is not limited here. In Figure 3, S35 is performed, and in Figure 3, the access network device 1 sends the first message to the AMF network element, so that the AMF network element forwards the first message to the LMF (AMF network element forwards the first message The process is not shown) as an example, step S36 is represented by a dotted line, and the positioning server in step S36 is LMF as an example.

在上述技术方案中，终端设备可以根据核心网设备发送的用于指示定位服务器的第一指示信息，向接入网设备发送具有不同的消息类型的第一消息，这样，当第一消息的类型是接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，则接入网设备可以直接根据该第一消息确定该终端设备的位置，从而可以不用转发该第一消息，可以减少转发过程带来的时延开销。In the above technical solution, the terminal device may send the first message with different message types to the access network device according to the first indication information sent by the core network device for instructing the positioning server. In this way, when the type of the first message is If it is a message type that can be recognized by the access network device, the access network device can directly determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message, so that the first message is not required to be forwarded, and the delay overhead caused by the forwarding process can be reduced .

图3所示的实施例，说明了当接入网和核心网中均具有定位功能的网元时，核心网设备和终端设备应该如何做。下面，请参考图4，介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示例的流程图。The embodiment shown in FIG. 3 illustrates how the core network equipment and terminal equipment should do when both the access network and the core network have network elements with positioning functions. Below, please refer to FIG. 4 to introduce a flowchart of another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图2D所示的定位架构为例，即，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备1，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的接入网中具有定位功能的网元可以是接入网设备1或接入网设备2，下文中所述的核心网中具有定位功能的网元可以是LMF，下文中所述的核心网设备可以是AMF网元。In the following introduction process, take the method applied to the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D as an example, that is, the first network device described below may be the access network device 1 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D. The terminal device described below may be the terminal device in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D, and the network element with positioning function in the access network described below may be the access network device 1 or the access network device 2. The network element with a positioning function in the core network described below may be an LMF, and the core network device described below may be an AMF network element.

另外，该方法可由两个通信装置执行，对这两个通信装置的说明请参考图3所示的实施例，在此不再赘述。In addition, the method can be executed by two communication devices. For the description of these two communication devices, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.

S41、第二网络设备确定用于对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器。S41. The second network device determines a positioning server used for positioning the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中，该定位服务器用于对终端设备进行定位，该第二网络设备可以是核心网设备，例如为AMF网元，或者LMF网元。定位服务器可以是LMF，也可以是接入网设备，例如为接入网设备1或接入网设备2，当然，也可以是其他的网络设备，在此不作限制。In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning server is used to position the terminal device, and the second network device may be a core network device, for example, an AMF network element or an LMF network element. The positioning server can be an LMF or an access network device, such as access network device 1 or access network device 2. Of course, it can also be other network devices, which is not limited here.

为方便说明，在下文中，以第二网络设备为核心网设备，例如第二网络设备为AMF网元为例，进行说明。For the convenience of description, in the following description, the second network device is used as a core network device, for example, the second network device is an AMF network element.

其中，当第二网络设备为AMF网元时，该步骤S41与步骤S31相似，在此不再赘述。Wherein, when the second network device is an AMF network element, this step S41 is similar to step S31, and will not be repeated here.

S42、第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，第一网络设备接收该第二指示信息。S42. The second network device sends second indication information, and the first network device receives the second indication information.

在本申请实施例中，该第二指示信息用于指示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，为LMF，或该第二指示信息用于指示定位服务器为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如为接入网设备1或接入网设备2，第一网络设备可以为接入网设备1。In the embodiment of the present application, the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, for example, LMF, or the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network. The network element with the positioning function is, for example, the access network device 1 or the access network device 2, and the first network device may be the access network device 1.

另外，由于该第二指示信息是发送给第一网络设备的，第一网络设备为接入网设备1，因此，在本申请实施例中，该第二指示信息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，例如，该第二指示信息可以使用通用分组无线业务隧道(general packet radio service tunnelling protocol,GTP)协议，当然也可以是其他的接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，在此不作限制。In addition, since the second instruction information is sent to the first network device, the first network device is the access network device 1. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the second instruction information is identifiable by the access network device The type of the message, for example, the second indication information can use the general packet radio service tunnelling protocol (GTP) protocol, of course, it can also be the type of the message that can be recognized by other access network equipment, which is not used here. limit.

下面，对第二指示信息进行说明。Next, the second indication information will be described.

在本申请实施例中，第二指示信息可以包括但不限于如下六种情况：In the embodiment of this application, the second indication information may include but is not limited to the following six situations:

第一种情况，第二指示信息中可以包括定位服务器的标识。In the first case, the second indication information may include the identification of the positioning server.

第二种情况，第二指示信息中可以包括定位服务器的类型。In the second case, the second indication information may include the type of the positioning server.

第三种情况，第二指示信息中可以包括定位会话(session)的标识。In the third case, the second indication information may include the identifier of the positioning session (session).

其中，第二指示信息中的第一种情况～第三种情况，与第一指示信息中的第一种情况～第三种情况相同，在此不再赘述。Among them, the first to third cases in the second indication information are the same as the first to third cases in the first indication information, and will not be repeated here.

第四种情况：The fourth situation:

第二指示信息中可以包括定位服务器所支持的小区的标识。The second indication information may include the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server.

当确定的定位服务器为接入网中具有定位功能的接入网设备，则可以在第二指示信息中携带该接入网设备所支持的小区的标识，小区的标识可以是CID，或GCI，或PCI，此处不再赘述。When the determined positioning server is an access network device with a positioning function in the access network, the second indication information can carry the identity of the cell supported by the access network device. The identity of the cell can be CID or GCI, Or PCI, I won’t repeat them here.

作为一种示例，若定位服务器为接入网设备1，则第二指示信息中可以携带小区A的标识，或者该接入网设备1的其他小区的标识。As an example, if the positioning server is the access network device 1, the second indication information may carry the identity of cell A or the identity of other cells of the access network device 1.

第五种情况：The fifth situation:

第二指示信息中可以包括与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识。The second indication information may include the identifier of the core network device interacting with the positioning server.

当确定的定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如为LMF，则可以在第二指示信息中携带与该网元交互的核心网设备的标识。When the determined positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, such as an LMF, the identification of the core network device interacting with the network element may be carried in the second indication information.

作为一种示例，若定位服务器为LMF，则第二指示信息中可以携带与该LMF交互的AMF网元的标识，或者也可以是与LMF交互的其他核心网设备的标识。As an example, if the positioning server is an LMF, the second indication information may carry the identifier of the AMF network element interacting with the LMF, or may also be the identifier of other core network devices interacting with the LMF.

第六种情况：The sixth situation:

第二指示信息可以是前述五种情况中，任意两种或者三种或者四种或者五种情况的组合。具体组合的内容在此不再赘述。The second indication information may be a combination of any two or three or four or five of the aforementioned five situations. The content of the specific combination will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是，第二指示信息可以是专用的信令，例如，GTP配置信令；该第二指示信息也可以是LPP消息，或者，将LPP消息采用GTP封装格式进行封装的信息，或者，该第二指示信息也可以是AMF网元与第一网络设备交互的其中任意一条消息中增加某个字段来进行指示，在本申请实施例中，不对第二指示信息的具体形式进行限制。It should be noted that the second indication information may be dedicated signaling, for example, GTP configuration signaling; the second indication information may also be an LPP message, or information that the LPP message is encapsulated in a GTP encapsulation format, or, The second indication information may also be an indication by adding a certain field to any message that the AMF network element interacts with the first network device. In this embodiment of the present application, the specific form of the second indication information is not limited.

另外，需要说明的是，在图3所示的实施例中，第一指示信息不仅可以用于指示第一消息的类型，还可以指示AMF网元确定的定位服务器，因此，从这个角度上来说，第一指示信息和第二指示信息也可以是同一个消息。In addition, it should be noted that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the first indication information can be used not only to indicate the type of the first message, but also to indicate the positioning server determined by the AMF network element. Therefore, from this perspective , The first indication information and the second indication information may also be the same message.

或者，第二网络设备可以通过是否发送该第二指示信息来隐式指示定位服务器。例如，当第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，则表示定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如LMF。当第二网络设备不发送第二指示信息，则表示定位服务器为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，例如为接入网设备1。Alternatively, the second network device may implicitly instruct the positioning server by whether to send the second instruction information. For example, when the second network device sends the second indication information, it indicates that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, such as an LMF. When the second network device does not send the second indication information, it indicates that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network, for example, the access network device 1.

或者，通过协议定义或者设备配置定位服务器位于接入网中的定位功能的网元。例如，通过OAM功能网元来进行配置。Or, through protocol definition or device configuration, the positioning server is located in the network element of the positioning function in the access network. For example, configuration is performed through OAM functional network elements.

另外需要说明的是，在图4所示的实施例中，以第二指示信息为核心网设备(例如AMF网元)生成并发送给接入网设备1，但是，在实际应用过程中，该第二指示信息也可以不通过步骤S41～步骤S42获取。In addition, it should be noted that, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the second indication information is used as the core network device (for example, the AMF network element) to generate and send to the access network device 1. However, in the actual application process, this The second instruction information may not be acquired through step S41 to step S42.

作为一种示例，该第二指示信息可以从其他接入网设备中获取。例如，AMF网元在生成第二指示信息后，可以先将该第二指示信息发送给其他接入网设备，例如，接入网设备2，然后由接入网设备2将第二指示信息转发给接入网设备1。As an example, the second indication information may be obtained from other access network equipment. For example, after the AMF network element generates the second indication information, it may first send the second indication information to other access network equipment, for example, access network equipment 2, and then the access network equipment 2 forwards the second indication information Give access network equipment 1.

作为另一种示例，第二指示信息也可以从配置信息中获取。例如，该配置信息可以是核心网设备发送给接入网设备1的配置信息，也可以是接入网设备1在存储器中预存的配置信息，例如，可以从OAM配置中获取。As another example, the second indication information may also be obtained from configuration information. For example, the configuration information may be configuration information sent by the core network device to the access network device 1, or configuration information pre-stored in the memory of the access network device 1, for example, it may be obtained from OAM configuration.

作为另一种示例，第二指示信息也可以是预定义的，如协议定义。例如，使用LMF作为终端设备的定位服务器，终端设备和基站之间的定位消息的传输通过RRC消息来进行承载。应理解，通过RRC消息来进行承载可以是直接在RRC消息中包含定位相关的信息，也可以是LPP消息承载在RRC消息中。As another example, the second indication information may also be predefined, such as protocol definition. For example, using the LMF as the positioning server of the terminal device, the transmission of the positioning message between the terminal device and the base station is carried by the RRC message. It should be understood that the carrying by the RRC message may directly include positioning-related information in the RRC message, or the LPP message may be carried in the RRC message.

在本申请实施例中，不对第二指示信息的获取方式进行限制。在图4所示的实施例中，以第二指示信息是从AMF网元获取的为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, there is no restriction on the method of obtaining the second indication information. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the second indication information is obtained from the AMF network element as an example for description.

S43、第一网络设备根据该第二指示信息确定定位服务器。S43. The first network device determines a positioning server according to the second indication information.

当接入网设备1接收该第二指示信息后，或者获取到第二指示信息后，则可以根据该第二指示信息确定定位服务器。After the access network device 1 receives the second indication information or obtains the second indication information, it may determine the positioning server according to the second indication information.

由步骤S42中对第二指示信息的介绍可知，第二指示信息可以包括多种情况，因此，接入网设备根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器的方式也有多种，具体可以包括但不限于如下六种类型：It can be seen from the introduction of the second indication information in step S42 that the second indication information may include many situations. Therefore, there are also many ways for the access network device to determine the positioning server according to the second indication information, which may specifically include but are not limited to the following Six types:

第一种确定方式，接入网设备1根据第二指示信息中携带的定位服务器的标识，确定定位服务器。In the first determination method, the access network device 1 determines the positioning server according to the identification of the positioning server carried in the second indication information.

作为一种示例，接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器的标识为该第一网络设备的标识，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为接入网设备1。As an example, if the access network device 1 determines that the identification of the positioning server included in the second indication information is the identification of the first network device, the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the access network device 1.

作为另一种示例，接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识与接入网设备1的标识不同，且该定位服务器的标识为核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识，则接入网设备1确定该定位服务器为该核心网中具有定位功能的网元。As another example, the access network device 1 determines that the identification of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information is different from the identification of the access network device 1, and the identification of the positioning server is that of a network element with a positioning function in the core network. ID, the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

例如，接入网设备1能够获知核心网设备(例如LMF)的标识，若接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中的定位服务器的标识与自身的标识不同，则接入网设备1确定该定位服务器的标识是否与LMF的标识相同，若相同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为LMF。For example, the access network device 1 can learn the identity of the core network device (such as LMF). If the access network device 1 determines that the identity of the positioning server in the second indication information is different from its own identity, the access network device 1 determines the identity Whether the identification of the positioning server is the same as the identification of the LMF, if they are the same, the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the LMF.

作为另一种示例，接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识与接入网设备1的标识不同，且定位服务器的标识与核心网中具有定位功能的网元的标识不同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为除第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元，除所述第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元的标识与该第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器的标识相同。As another example, the access network device 1 determines that the identification of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information is different from the identification of the access network device 1, and the identification of the positioning server is the same as the identification of the network element with the positioning function in the core network Is different, the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the access network in addition to the first network device, and in addition to the first network device, a network element with a positioning function in the access network The identifier of the meta is the same as the identifier of the positioning server indicated in the second indication information.

例如，接入网设备1能够获知其他接入网设备(例如接入网设备2)的标识，若接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中的定位服务器的标识与自身的标识不同，则接入网设备1确定该定位服务器的标识是否与接入网设备2的标识相同，若相同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为接入网设备2。应理解，接入网设备2是指不同于接入网设备1的接入网设备，并不是指某个特定的接入网设备。For example, the access network device 1 can learn the identity of other access network devices (for example, the access network device 2). If the access network device 1 determines that the identity of the positioning server in the second indication information is different from its own identity, then The network access device 1 determines whether the identification of the positioning server is the same as the identification of the access network device 2, and if they are the same, the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the access network device 2. It should be understood that the access network device 2 refers to an access network device different from the access network device 1, and does not refer to a specific access network device.

第二种确定方式，接入网设备1根据第二指示信息中携带的定位服务器的类型，确定定位服务器。In the second determination method, the access network device 1 determines the positioning server according to the type of the positioning server carried in the second indication information.

第三种确定方式，接入网设备1根据第二指示信息中携带的定位会话的标识，确定定位服务器。In the third determination method, the access network device 1 determines the positioning server according to the identifier of the positioning session carried in the second indication information.

其中，第二种确定方式～第三种确定方式，与步骤S33中的第二种确定方式～第三种确定方式相同，在此不再赘述。Among them, the second to third determination methods are the same as the second to third determination methods in step S33, and will not be repeated here.

第四种确定方式：The fourth way to determine:

接入网设备1根据第二指示信息中携带的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识，确定定位服务器。The access network device 1 determines the positioning server according to the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server carried in the second indication information.

作为一种示例，接入网设备1确定该第二指示信息中包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与接入网设备1所支持的小区的标识相同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为接入网设备1。As an example, if the access network device 1 determines that the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is the same as the identity of the cell supported by the access network device 1, then the access network device 1 determines the positioning server For access network equipment 1.

作为另一种示例，接入网设备1确定该第二指示信息包括的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与接入网设备1所支持的小区的标识不同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为除接入网设备1之外，该接入网中具有定位功能的网元，且，该除所述第一网络设备之外，接入网中具有定位功能的网元所支持的小区的标识与该第二指示信息中指示的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识相同。As another example, if the access network device 1 determines that the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server included in the second indication information is different from the identity of the cell supported by the access network device 1, then the access network device 1 determines the positioning server In addition to the access network device 1, a network element with a positioning function in the access network, and, in addition to the first network device, a cell that is supported by the network element with a positioning function in the access network The identifier is the same as the identifier of the cell supported by the positioning server indicated in the second indication information.

例如，接入网设备1能够获知其他接入网设备(例如接入网设备2)所支持的小区的标识，若接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中的定位服务器所支持的小区的标识与自身所支持任意一个小区的标识不同，则接入网设备1确定该定位服务器所支持的小区的标识是否与接入网设备2所支持的其中一个小区的标识相同，若相同，则接入网设备1确定定位服务器为接入网设备2。For example, the access network device 1 can learn the identity of the cell supported by other access network devices (for example, the access network device 2), if the access network device 1 determines the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server in the second indication information If it is different from the identity of any cell supported by itself, the access network device 1 determines whether the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server is the same as the identity of one of the cells supported by the access network device 2. If the same, then access The network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the access network device 2.

第五种确定方式：The fifth way to determine:

接入网设备1根据第二指示信息中携带的与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识，确定定位服务器。The access network device 1 determines the positioning server according to the identifier of the core network device that interacts with the positioning server carried in the second indication information.

作为一种示例，接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中包括与定位服务器交互的核心网设备的标识，则接入网设备确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元。As an example, if the access network device 1 determines that the second indication information includes the identity of the core network device interacting with the positioning server, the access network device determines that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.

例如，接入网设备1能够获取接入网设备的标识所在的范围，与核心网设备的标识所在的范围，例如，接入网设备的标识所在的范围为0～256，核心网设备的标识大于256，则当接入网设备1确定第二指示信息中包括的网络设备的标识大于256，则接入网设备1可以确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，为LMF。For example, the access network device 1 can obtain the range of the identifier of the access network device and the range of the identifier of the core network device. For example, the range of the identifier of the access network device is 0-256, and the identifier of the core network device If it is greater than 256, when the access network device 1 determines that the identifier of the network device included in the second indication information is greater than 256, then the access network device 1 can determine that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, for example, LMF .

或者，接入网设备1在获取第二指示信息中所指示的网络设备的标识后，可以与每个接入网设备的标识进行比较，确定是否相同，若该网络设备的标识与任意一个接入网设备的标识不同，则接入网设备1可以确定定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，为LMF。Or, after the access network device 1 obtains the identity of the network device indicated in the second indication information, it can compare with the identity of each access network device to determine whether the identity is the same. If the identifiers of the networked devices are different, the access network device 1 can determine that the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network, for example, it is an LMF.

当然，接入网设备1也可以采用其他方式确定定位服务器，在此不作限制。Of course, the access network device 1 may also use other methods to determine the positioning server, which is not limited here.

S44、终端设备发送第一消息，第一网络设备接收该第一消息。S44. The terminal device sends a first message, and the first network device receives the first message.

在本申请实施例中，该第一消息用于定位服务器确定终端设备的位置。其中，对第一消息的说明与图3所示的实施例中的第一消息相同，在此不再赘述。In this embodiment of the present application, the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device. The description of the first message is the same as the first message in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.

另外，终端设备获取第一消息以及发送第一消息的方式与步骤S34中相似，在此不再赘述。In addition, the manner in which the terminal device obtains the first message and sends the first message is similar to that in step S34, and will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是，由于终端设备不知道定位服务器为接入网中具有定位功能的网元还是核心网中具有定位功能的网元，因此，在步骤S44中，第一消息只能是RRC消息，也可以是LPP消息经RRC封装后的消息，或者，第一消息为其他的能够被接入网设备识别的消息的类型。It should be noted that since the terminal device does not know whether the positioning server is a network element with positioning function in the access network or a network element with positioning function in the core network, in step S44, the first message can only be an RRC message. It may also be a message after the LPP message is RRC encapsulated, or the first message may be another type of message that can be recognized by the access network device.

S45、第一网络设备根据该第二指示信息确定对该第一消息进行处理。S45. The first network device determines to process the first message according to the second indication information.

在接入网设备1根据该第二指示信息确定定位服务器为接入网设备1时，则接入网设备1根据该第一消息对终端设备进行定位。When the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the access network device 1 according to the second indication information, the access network device 1 positions the terminal device according to the first message.

S46、第一网络设备根据第二指示信息确定转发第一消息。S46. The first network device determines to forward the first message according to the second indication information.

在接入网设备1根据第二指示信息确定定位服务器不是接入网设备1时，则接入网设备1将第一消息转发给定位服务器。When the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is not the access network device 1 according to the second indication information, the access network device 1 forwards the first message to the positioning server.

例如，当接入网设备1确定定位服务器为接入网设备2，则接入网设备1将第一消息发送给接入网设备2，以通过接入网设备2确定终端设备的位置；当接入网设备1确定定位服务器为LMF，则接入网设备1将第一消息发送给AMF网元，通过AMF网元将该第一消息转发给LMF，以通过LMF确定终端设备的位置。在图4中，以接入网设备1将第一消息转发给AMF网元为例。For example, when the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the access network device 2, the access network device 1 sends the first message to the access network device 2 to determine the location of the terminal device through the access network device 2; When the access network device 1 determines that the positioning server is the LMF, the access network device 1 sends the first message to the AMF network element, and forwards the first message to the LMF through the AMF network element to determine the location of the terminal device through the LMF. In Fig. 4, an example is taken that the access network device 1 forwards the first message to the AMF network element.

另外，由于步骤S45和步骤S46两者中需要择一步骤执行，因此，在图4中，以执行步骤S45为例，从而，将步骤S46以虚线表示。In addition, since one of step S45 and step S46 needs to be performed separately, in FIG. 4, step S45 is taken as an example, and step S46 is represented by a dotted line.

在上述技术方案中，接入网设备在接收终端设备发送的，用于确定终端设备的位置的第一消息后，可以根据用于指示定位服务器的第二指示信息，确定是否直接对该第一消息进行处理还是需要将该第一消息转发给其他设备。这样，当第二指示信息指示定位服务器为该接入网设备时，接入网设备可以在接收该第一消息后，直接根据该第一消息确定该终端设备的位置，从而可以不用转发该第一消息，可以减少转发过程带来的时延开销。In the above technical solution, after receiving the first message sent by the terminal device for determining the location of the terminal device, the access network device may determine whether to directly respond to the first message according to the second indication information used to instruct the positioning server. Message processing still needs to forward the first message to other devices. In this way, when the second indication information indicates that the positioning server is the access network device, the access network device can directly determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message after receiving the first message, so that the first message may not be forwarded. One message can reduce the delay overhead caused by the forwarding process.

图4所示的实施例，说明了当接入网和核心网中均具有定位功能的网元时，核心网设备和接入网设备应该如何做。下面，请参考图5，介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示例的流程图。The embodiment shown in FIG. 4 illustrates how the core network equipment and the access network equipment should do when both the access network and the core network have network elements with positioning functions. Hereinafter, please refer to FIG. 5 to introduce a flowchart of another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图2D所示的定位架构为例，也就是，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备1，下文中所述的第二网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备2，下文中的第三网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的LMF，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的接入网中具有定位功能的网元可以是接入网设备1或接入网设备2，下文中所述的核心网中具有定位功能的网元可以是LMF，下文中所述核心网设备可以是AMF网元。In the following introduction process, take the method applied to the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D as an example, that is, the first network device described below may be the access network device 1 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D The second network device described below may be the access network device 2 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D, and the third network device described below may be the LMF in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D. The terminal device described may be the terminal device in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D. The network element with positioning function in the access network described below may be the access network device 1 or the access network device 2. The network element with the positioning function in the core network described above may be an LMF, and the core network device described below may be an AMF network element.

为便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由接入网设备1和接入网设备2执行为例，即，以第一通信装置是接入网设备1、第二通信装置是接入网设备2为例进行描述。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 as an example, that is, the first communication device is the access network device 1 and the second communication device is the access network device 2. Take the description as an example.

S501、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二网络设备接收该第二请求消息。S501. The first network device sends a second request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the second request message.

在本申请实施例中，该第二请求消息用于获取该第二网络设备的能力信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the second request message is used to obtain capability information of the second network device.

在第一时刻，接入网设备1的小区A为该终端设备提供服务，也就是说，接入网设备1的小区A为终端设备的服务小区。当终端设备的位置发生移动，例如，在第二时刻，终端设备从接入网设备1的小区A移动到接入网设备2的小区内时，此时会触发小区切换过程。这时，接入网设备1可以向接入网设备2发送第二请求消息，以获取接入网设备2的能力信息，以确定是否能够将终端设备切换至接入网设备2的小区中。At the first moment, the cell A of the access network device 1 provides services for the terminal device, that is, the cell A of the access network device 1 is the serving cell of the terminal device. When the location of the terminal device moves, for example, at the second moment, when the terminal device moves from cell A of access network device 1 to the cell of access network device 2, a cell handover process is triggered at this time. At this time, the access network device 1 may send a second request message to the access network device 2 to obtain the capability information of the access network device 2 to determine whether the terminal device can be handed over to the cell of the access network device 2.

作为一种示例，在第二请求消息中，可以携带接入网设备1的标识，例如，接入网设备1的ID或者索引号等。As an example, the second request message may carry the identification of the access network device 1, for example, the ID or index number of the access network device 1.

S502、第二网络设备发送第二响应消息，第一网络设备接收该第二响应消息。S502. The second network device sends a second response message, and the first network device receives the second response message.

在本申请实施例中，该第二响应消息包括该第二网络设备的能力信息，该能力信息包括该第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或该第二网络设备所支持的定位精度，当然，该第二响应消息中还可以包括其他内容，例如，可以包括第二网络设备的标识，例如，第二网络设备的ID、索引号等，还可以包括用于指示该第二网络设备的定位功能是否通过LMF的认证等信息，在此不一一举例。In the embodiment of the present application, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the second network device and/or the positioning accuracy supported by the second network device, Of course, the second response message may also include other content, for example, it may include the identification of the second network device, for example, the ID, index number, etc. of the second network device, and may also include information for indicating the second network device. Whether the positioning function has passed the LMF certification and other information, we will not give examples one by one here.

需要说明的是，步骤S501～步骤S502为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的，在图5中以虚线表示。It should be noted that steps S501 to S502 are optional steps, that is, they are not necessary to be performed, and are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 5.

S503、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第二网络设备接收该第一请求消息。S503: The first network device sends a first request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the first request message.

当接入网设备1根据第二响应消息中的能力信息，确定接入网设备2的定位精度和/或定位方式满足终端设备的定位需求，则接入网设备1确定请求接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位，从而，接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送第一请求消息。When the access network device 1 determines that the positioning accuracy and/or positioning mode of the access network device 2 meets the positioning requirements of the terminal device according to the capability information in the second response message, the access network device 1 determines to request the access network device 2 The terminal device is positioned, so that the access network device 1 sends the first request message to the access network device 2.

在本申请实施例中，该第一请求消息为切换请求，用于将终端设备的服务基站由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2。当然，接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送该第一请求消息之前，还可以包括其他判断过程，例如，可以根据终端设备的上报测量确定终端设备对接入网设备2的小区参考信号的接收功率是否满足切换条件等，该判断过程与现有技术中相同，在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the first request message is a handover request, which is used to switch the serving base station of the terminal device from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2. Of course, before the access network device 1 sends the first request message to the access network device 2, other judgment procedures may be included. For example, the cell reference signal of the terminal device to the access network device 2 can be determined according to the report measurement of the terminal device. Whether the received power meets the handover condition, etc., the judgment process is the same as that in the prior art, and will not be repeated here.

需要说明的是，该第一请求消息还包括定位业务切换指示，该定位业务切换指示用于指示终端设备正在进行定位业务，以及，请求将终端设备的定位业务切换到接入网设备2。在这种情况下，该第一请求消息包括终端设备的定位服务器的标识和/或用于接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位的定位上下文信息。其中，在当前时刻，终端设备的定位服务器为接入网设备1，则定位服务器的标识即接入网设备1的标识。当然，该定位服务器也可以是，终端设备在接入接入网设备1之前，接入的其他的接入网设备，在此不作限制。It should be noted that the first request message also includes a positioning service switching instruction, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is performing a positioning service and requesting that the positioning service of the terminal device be switched to the access network device 2. In this case, the first request message includes the identification of the positioning server of the terminal device and/or the positioning context information used for the access network device 1 to locate the terminal device. Wherein, at the current moment, the positioning server of the terminal device is the access network device 1, and the identification of the positioning server is the identification of the access network device 1. Of course, the positioning server may also be another access network device that the terminal device accesses before accessing the access network device 1, which is not limited here.

下面，对定位上下文信息进行说明。Next, the positioning context information will be described.

该定位上下文信息包括如下信息中的至少一种：The positioning context information includes at least one of the following information:

(1)接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位时使用的定位技术。(1) The positioning technology used when the access network device 1 locates the terminal device.

例如，该定位技术可以是OTDOA定位技术、GNSS定位技术、辅助的GNSS(assisted-GNSS，A-GNSS)定位技术或者ECID定位技术，也可以是其他的定位技术，在此不作限制。For example, the positioning technology may be OTDOA positioning technology, GNSS positioning technology, assisted GNSS (assisted-GNSS, A-GNSS) positioning technology or ECID positioning technology, or other positioning technology, which is not limited here.

(2)终端设备所需的定位精度。(2) The positioning accuracy required by the terminal equipment.

例如，该定位精度可以是小区级别的精度，或者可以是100米，或者可以是50米等。For example, the positioning accuracy may be cell-level accuracy, or it may be 100 meters, or it may be 50 meters or the like.

(3)接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位时使用的信息。(3) Information used when the access network device 1 locates the terminal device.

例如，接入网设备1通过OTDOA定位技术对终端设备进行定位，则接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位时使用的信息可以为不同发送站点的定位参考信号(positionging reference signal，PRS)配置信息以及发送站点的标识信息；接入网设备1通过ECID定位技术对终端设备进行定位，则接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位时使用的信息为终端设备与服务小区之间的收发信号时间差、RSRP、针对服务小区的探测信号等。For example, the access network device 1 uses OTDOA positioning technology to locate the terminal device, and the information used when the access network device 1 locates the terminal device may be positioning reference signal (positionging reference signal, PRS) configuration information of different sending sites And the identification information of the sending site; the access network device 1 uses ECID positioning technology to locate the terminal device, and the information used when the access network device 1 locates the terminal device is the time difference between the terminal device and the serving cell, RSRP, sounding signal for serving cell, etc.

接入网设备1对终端设备进行定位时使用的信息可以根据接入网设备1所示用的定位技术和/或定位精度相关，在此不一一举例。The information used when the access network device 1 locates the terminal device may be related to the positioning technology and/or positioning accuracy used by the access network device 1, and no examples are given here.

(4)终端设备上报的测量结果。(4) The measurement result reported by the terminal device.

例如，可以包括终端设备上报的RSTD的测量结果、终端设备与服务小区之间的收发信号时间差的测量结果、RSRP的测量结果等。具体上报的测量结果与接入网设备1对终端设备的测量配置相关。For example, it may include the RSTD measurement result reported by the terminal device, the measurement result of the time difference between the receiving and sending signals between the terminal device and the serving cell, and the RSRP measurement result. The specific measurement result reported is related to the measurement configuration of the terminal device by the access network device 1.

(5)接入网设备1用于对终端设备进行定位的辅助信息。(5) Access network equipment 1 is used to locate auxiliary information for terminal equipment.

例如，可以包括时间基准(time reference)、卫星星历(satellite ephemeris)、参考位置(reference locations)等。For example, it may include time reference, satellite ephemeris, reference locations, and so on.

当然，该定位上下文信息还可以包括其他信息，在此不作限制。另外，该定位上下文信息也可以被称为其他名称，例如，定位信息或者上下文信息等，在本申请实施例中不对定位上下文信息的名称进行限制。Of course, the positioning context information may also include other information, which is not limited here. In addition, the positioning context information may also be called other names, for example, positioning information or context information, etc. The name of the positioning context information is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

应理解，上述定位业务切换指示可以是切换请求消息中的一个显式的字段用于指示定位业务，还可以是隐式地指示定位业务需要切换。对隐式指示定位业务切换指示，可以通过切换请求消息中的定位业务相关的参数来进行识别。当包含定位业务相关的定位上下文信息包含在切换请求消息中时，则存在定位业务切换，否则没有定位业务切换。It should be understood that the foregoing positioning service switching instruction may be an explicit field in the switching request message used to indicate the positioning service, or it may be implicitly indicating that the positioning service needs to be switched. The implicit indication of the positioning service switching indication can be identified through the positioning service-related parameters in the switching request message. When the positioning context information related to the positioning service is included in the handover request message, there is a positioning service handover, otherwise there is no positioning service handover.

S504、第二网络设备向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收该第三请求消息。S504. The second network device sends a third request message to the network element with the positioning function in the core network, and the network element with the positioning function in the core network receives the third request message.

在本申请实施例中，该第三请求消息用于核心网中具有定位功能的网元确定，是否同意由第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In the embodiment of the present application, the third request message is used for a network element with a positioning function in the core network to determine whether to approve the positioning of the terminal device by the second network device.

当接入网设备2接收到接入网设备1发送的第一请求消息后，接入网设备2可以向LMF发送该第三请求消息，以使LMF认证该切换请求以及询问LMF是否同意此次定位业务的切换。After the access network device 2 receives the first request message sent by the access network device 1, the access network device 2 can send the third request message to the LMF, so that the LMF can authenticate the handover request and ask whether the LMF agrees to this request. Switching of positioning services.

为了便于LMF判断是否同意此次定位业务的切换，该第三请求消息中可以包括终端设备的标识和/或第一网络设备的标识和/或终端设备所在的服务小区的标识，当然，还可以包括其他信息，例如，还可以包括终端设备所需的定位精度等，在此不作限制。In order to facilitate the LMF to determine whether to agree to the handover of the positioning service, the third request message may include the identity of the terminal device and/or the identity of the first network device and/or the identity of the serving cell where the terminal device is located. Of course, it can also be It includes other information, for example, it may also include the positioning accuracy required by the terminal device, etc., which is not limited here.

步骤S504不是必须的。在NR***中，由于gNB包括CU和DU，一个CU可以控制一个或多个DU。如果上述切换是CU之间的切换，则需要对承载进行更新，即通过第三请求消息询问核心网中具有定位功能的网元是否同意定位业务切换。如果同意定位业务切换，则将核心网中具有定位功能的网元和接入网的承载更新为到第二网络设备，或者控制信令更新为到第二网络设备。Step S504 is not necessary. In the NR system, since gNB includes CU and DU, one CU can control one or more DUs. If the above handover is a handover between CUs, the bearer needs to be updated, that is, the network element with the positioning function in the core network is asked through the third request message whether to agree to the positioning service handover. If the positioning service switching is agreed, the network element with the positioning function in the core network and the bearer of the access network are updated to the second network device, or the control signaling is updated to the second network device.

如果小区的切换不会造成CU的变化，则不需要进行上述过程。If the handover of the cell does not cause a change in the CU, the above process does not need to be performed.

S505、核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三响应消息，第二网络设备接收该第三响应消息。S505. The network element with the positioning function in the core network sends a third response message, and the second network device receives the third response message.

当LMF接收该第三请求消息后，可以根据第三请求消息中携带的信息，确定是否同意此次定位业务的切换。After the LMF receives the third request message, it can determine whether to agree to the switching of the positioning service according to the information carried in the third request message.

作为一种示例，LMF可以从第三请求消息中获取源定位服务器的标识(即接入网设备1的标识)，从而获取接入网设备1和接入网设备2中定位服务的负载量。As an example, the LMF may obtain the identity of the source positioning server (that is, the identity of the access network device 1) from the third request message, so as to obtain the load of the positioning service in the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.

若LMF确定接入网设备1的负载量小于接入网设备2的负载量，LMF可以拒绝此次定位业务的切换；若接入网设备2的负载量小于接入网设备1的负载量，LMF可以同意此次定位业务的切换。当然，若LMF确定接入网设备1和接入网设备2的负载量均超过预设的负载量时，LMF可以确定由LMF或者由其他的具有定位功能的接入网设备对终端设备进行定位。If the LMF determines that the load of the access network device 1 is less than the load of the access network device 2, the LMF can reject the positioning service switch; if the load of the access network device 2 is less than the load of the access network device 1, LMF can agree to the switch of positioning services. Of course, if the LMF determines that the load of the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 both exceed the preset load, the LMF can determine that the terminal device is positioned by the LMF or other access network devices with positioning functions .

LMF还可以根据其他信息确定是否同意定位业务的切换，例如，终端设备的优先级、接入网设备的优先级等，本申请不做限定。The LMF may also determine whether to agree to the switching of the positioning service according to other information, for example, the priority of the terminal device, the priority of the access network device, etc., which are not limited in this application.

当LMF根据第三请求消息中携带的信息获取确定结果后，则可以向接入网设备2发送第三响应消息，通过该第三响应消息指示LMF的确定结果。该确定结果用于表示LMF是否同意由接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位，也就是说，LMF是否同意此次定位业务的切换，也可以用于指示是否由LMF对终端设备进行定位。After the LMF obtains the determination result according to the information carried in the third request message, it can send a third response message to the access network device 2, and the third response message indicates the determination result of the LMF. The determination result is used to indicate whether the LMF agrees to the terminal device positioning by the access network device 2, that is, whether the LMF agrees to the positioning service switching this time can also be used to indicate whether the terminal device is positioned by the LMF.

需要说明的是，步骤S504～步骤S505为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的，在图5中以虚线表示。It should be noted that steps S504 to S505 are optional steps, that is, they are not necessary to be performed, and are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 5.

S506、第二网络设备生成第一响应消息。S506: The second network device generates a first response message.

在本申请实施例中，第二网络设备可以根据该第三响应消息生成该第一响应消息。In the embodiment of the present application, the second network device may generate the first response message according to the third response message.

当接入网设备2接收LMF发送第三响应消息后，则根据该第三响应消息中指示的确定结果，或者接收到第一请求消息后，根据第一请求消息中的相关参数，生成与第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。When the access network device 2 receives the third response message sent by the LMF, it generates the second response message according to the determination result indicated in the third response message, or after receiving the first request message, according to the relevant parameters in the first request message. A first response message corresponding to a request message.

具体地，以第三响应消息为例，根据第三响应消息中指示的确定结果的不同，第一响应消息可以包括但不限于如下三种情况：Specifically, taking the third response message as an example, according to the different determination results indicated in the third response message, the first response message may include but is not limited to the following three situations:

第一种情况，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In the first case, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device.

当第三响应消息指示的确定结果为LMF同意此次定位业务的切换，则接入网设备2生成的第一响应消息可以为：用于指示由接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位的消息。When the determination result indicated by the third response message is that the LMF agrees to the switching of the positioning service, the first response message generated by the access network device 2 may be: a message for instructing the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device .

由于当使用接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位时，接入网设备2和接入网设备1所使用的辅助信息可能不同，因此，为了保证能够准确地对终端设备进行定位，接入网设备2还可以在第一响应消息中携带接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位时所需的辅助信息。其中，对辅助信息的说明请参照步骤S503中相应的内容，在此不再赘述。When the access network equipment 2 is used to locate the terminal equipment, the auxiliary information used by the access network equipment 2 and the access network equipment 1 may be different. Therefore, in order to ensure accurate positioning of the terminal equipment, the access network equipment The device 2 may also carry auxiliary information required by the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device in the first response message. For the description of the auxiliary information, please refer to the corresponding content in step S503, which will not be repeated here.

第二种情况，第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In the second case, the first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中，该第三网络设备为除第一网络设备和第二网络设备之外，接入网以及核心网中具有定位功能的网元。In the embodiment of the present application, the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network and the core network in addition to the first network device and the second network device.

例如，在图2D所示的定位架构中，核心网中具有定位功能的网元为LMF，则该第三网络设备可以为LMF；或者，若在图2D所示的定位架构中还包括具有定位功能的其他的接入网设备，则该第三网络设备可以为其他的接入网设备。For example, in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D, the network element with the positioning function in the core network is the LMF, and the third network device may be the LMF; or, if the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D also includes If other access network devices have functions, the third network device may be other access network devices.

当然，该第三网络设备可以是根据第三响应消息确定的。当LMF不同意由接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位，则LMF会在第三响应消息中指示用于对终端设备进行定位的网元。Of course, the third network device may be determined according to the third response message. When the LMF does not agree with the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device, the LMF will indicate the network element used to locate the terminal device in the third response message.

若第三响应消息中指示用于对终端设备进行定位的网元为LMF，则第三网络设备则为LMF；若第三响应消息中指示用于对终端设备进行定位的网元为接入网中除接入网设备1和接入网设备2之外的其他的接入网设备，则该第三网络设备则为该其他的接入网设备。If the third response message indicates that the network element used to locate the terminal device is LMF, then the third network device is LMF; if the third response message indicates that the network element used to locate the terminal device is the access network In addition to the access network equipment 1 and the access network equipment 2, the third network equipment is the other access network equipment.

第三种情况，第一响应消息用于指示拒绝使用除第一网络设备外的网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In the third case, the first response message is used to indicate that a network device other than the first network device is refused to locate the terminal device.

在这种情况下，该第一响应消息也可以理解为，第一响应消息用于指示拒绝此次定位业务的切换。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，将终端设备的服务基站由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，与终端设备的定位业务的切换是一起进行的，也就是说，终端设备的定位业务是随着终端设备的服务基站的切换，而同步切换的。In this case, the first response message can also be understood as that the first response message is used to indicate that the handover of the positioning service is rejected. It should be noted that in this embodiment of the application, the serving base station of the terminal device is switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, and the switching of the positioning service of the terminal device is performed together, that is, the terminal The positioning service of the equipment is switched synchronously with the handover of the serving base station of the terminal equipment.

那么，当第一响应消息表示拒绝此次定位业务的切换，则终端设备也无法切换服务基站，从而，在这种情况下，第一响应消息相当于用于指示该切换过程为错误。Then, when the first response message indicates that the handover of the positioning service is rejected, the terminal device cannot handover the serving base station. Therefore, in this case, the first response message is equivalent to indicating that the handover process is an error.

在一种可能的实现中，可以通过协议定义的方式，当终端设备发生切换时，定位服务功能不发生变化，而所有其他的承载，以及到LMF的连接都切换到目标基站，即接入网设备2上。此时，原来的接入网设备1或接入网中用于定位服务功能的网元不会发生变化。完成切换后，接入网设备2将收到的定位相关的信息发送到接入网设备1或接入网中用于定位服务功能的网元，接入网设备1或接入网中用于定位服务功能的网元根据定位相关的信息完成定位后，将定位结果发送给接入网设备2。可选地，由接入网设备2将定位结果发送给LMF。In a possible implementation, through protocol definition, when the terminal device is switched, the positioning service function does not change, and all other bearers and connections to the LMF are switched to the target base station, that is, the access network On device 2. At this time, the original access network device 1 or the network element used for the location service function in the access network will not change. After the handover is completed, the access network device 2 sends the received positioning-related information to the access network device 1 or the network element used for the positioning service function in the access network, and the access network device 1 or the access network is used for The network element of the positioning service function sends the positioning result to the access network device 2 after completing the positioning according to the positioning-related information. Optionally, the access network device 2 sends the positioning result to the LMF.

需要说明的是，在这种情况下，当接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送第一请求消息时，还可以在第一请求消息中携带另一指示信息，该另一指示信息用于指示接入网设备1是否允许接入网设备2的这种切换，也就是说，该另一指示信息用于指示当终端设备发生切换时，定位服务功能是否可以不发生变化。若该另一指示信息指示允许这种切换，则接入网设备2可以执行上述实现过程。It should be noted that, in this case, when the access network device 1 sends the first request message to the access network device 2, it may also carry another indication information in the first request message. It is used to indicate whether the access network device 1 allows such switching of the access network device 2, that is, the other indication information is used to indicate whether the location service function can not change when the terminal device is switched. If the other indication information indicates that this kind of handover is allowed, the access network device 2 can perform the foregoing implementation process.

S507、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送该第一响应消息，第一网络设备接收该第一响应消息。S507. The second network device sends the first response message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first response message.

S508、第一网络设备将第一响应消息转发给终端设备，终端设备接收该第一响应消息。S508. The first network device forwards the first response message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first response message.

当接入网设备1接收第一响应消息后，接入网设备1可以将第一响应消息或者第一响应消息中的定位相关的信息发送给接入网设备1。After the access network device 1 receives the first response message, the access network device 1 may send the first response message or the positioning-related information in the first response message to the access network device 1.

例如，当第一响应消息指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，且该第一响应消息中包括接入网设备2进行定位时所需的辅助信息，则接入网设备1可以将得到的接入网设备2的辅助信息通过RRC重配或者相应的RRC信令发送给终端设备，并可以向终端设备指示使用接入网设备2进行定位。For example, when the first response message instructs the second network device to locate the terminal device, and the first response message includes the auxiliary information required for the access network device 2 to perform positioning, the access network device 1 can obtain The auxiliary information of the access network device 2 is sent to the terminal device through RRC reconfiguration or corresponding RRC signaling, and the terminal device can be instructed to use the access network device 2 for positioning.

当第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，则接入网设备1可以向终端设备指示使用该第三网络设备进行定位。When the first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device, the access network device 1 may indicate to the terminal device to use the third network device for positioning.

当第一响应消息用于指示拒绝使用除第一网络设备外的网络设备对终端设备进行定位，则接入网设备1可以向终端设备发送错误(error)消息，以通知终端设备无法执行此次切换。When the first response message is used to indicate the refusal to use network devices other than the first network device to locate the terminal device, the access network device 1 may send an error message to the terminal device to notify the terminal device that it cannot perform this time. Switch.

需要说明的是，步骤S508为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的，在图5中以虚线表示。It should be noted that step S508 is an optional step, that is, it is not necessary to be performed, and is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5.

S509、第一网络设备根据该第一响应消息发送切换请求。S509. The first network device sends a handover request according to the first response message.

具体地，由于第一响应消息的不同，接入网设备1发送的切换请求也不一样。Specifically, due to the difference in the first response message, the handover request sent by the access network device 1 is also different.

当第一响应消息为步骤S506中的第一种情况，即第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，由于该第二网络设备为接入网设备2，则接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送切换请求。When the first response message is the first situation in step S506, that is, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device, and because the second network device is the access network device 2, the access network Device 1 sends a handover request to access network device 2.

当第一响应消息为步骤S506中的第二种情况，即第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，若第三网络设备为LMF，则接入网设备1向LMF发送切换请求。When the first response message is the second case in step S506, that is, the first response message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device. If the third network device is the LMF, the access network device 1 sends to the LMF Switch request.

当第一响应消息为步骤S506中的第三种情况，即第一响应消息用于指示拒绝使用除第一网络设备外的网络设备对终端设备进行定位，则接入网设备1不发送切换请求，或者发送的切换请求中指示定位业务的定位服务功能不切换。当定位业务的定位服务功能不切换时，可以在切换请求中包含定位服务功能的信息，具体可以包括，如CID、或PCI、或定位服务功能的ID等。When the first response message is the third case in step S506, that is, the first response message is used to indicate that a network device other than the first network device is used to locate the terminal device, the access network device 1 does not send a handover request , Or the sent switching request indicates that the location service function of the location service does not switch. When the location service function of the location service is not switched, the information of the location service function may be included in the switching request, which may specifically include, for example, CID, or PCI, or the ID of the location service function.

在图5所示的实施例中，以接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送切换请求为例。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, it is taken as an example that the access network device 1 sends a handover request to the access network device 2.

另外，需要说明的是，以接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送切换请求为例，若接入网设备1中还有之前没有收到确认应答(acknowledgement，ACK)的第一消息，例如LPP消息，则接入网设备1可以在切换请求中携带该第一消息或者该第一消息的重传的次数等信息。In addition, it should be noted that, taking the access network device 1 sending a handover request to the access network device 2 as an example, if the access network device 1 still has the first message that has not received an acknowledgement (ACK) before, For example, an LPP message, the access network device 1 may carry information such as the first message or the number of retransmissions of the first message in the handover request.

或者，接入网设备1也可以在发送切换请求之后，将第一消息或者该第一消息的重传的次数等信息发送给接入网设备2。Alternatively, the access network device 1 may also send the first message or information such as the number of retransmissions of the first message to the access network device 2 after sending the handover request.

S510、第二网络设备向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送用于指示定位业务成功切换的指示信息。S510. The second network device sends indication information for indicating successful switching of the positioning service to the network element with the positioning function in the core network.

当接入网设备2接收接入网设备1发送的切换请求，并成功将终端设备的定位业务切换至接入网设备2后，接入网设备2可以向LMF发送指示信息，以确认定位业务切换成功。After the access network device 2 receives the handover request sent by the access network device 1, and successfully switches the positioning service of the terminal device to the access network device 2, the access network device 2 can send instructions to the LMF to confirm the positioning service The switch is successful.

需要说明的是，步骤S510为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的，在图5中以虚线表示。It should be noted that step S510 is an optional step, that is, it is not necessary to be performed, and is represented by a dotted line in FIG. 5.

在上述技术方案中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，可以通过与其他接入网设备的交互，实现终端设备的定位业务的切换，从而可以保持终端设备在移动状态时的定位业务的持续性。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device is in a mobile state, the access network device that provides services for the terminal device can realize the switching of the positioning service of the terminal device through interaction with other access network devices, so that the terminal device can be maintained The continuity of the positioning service in the mobile state.

下面，请参考图6，介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示例的流程图。在图6所示的实施例中，通过为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备与核心网中具有定位功能的网元之间的交互，来实现终端设备的定位业务的切换。Below, please refer to FIG. 6 to introduce a flowchart of another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the switching of the positioning service of the terminal device is realized through the interaction between the access network device that provides services for the terminal device and the network element with the positioning function in the core network.

在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图2D所示的定位架构为例，也就是，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备1，下文中所述的第二网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的LMF，下文中的第三网络设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的接入网设备2，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图2D所示的定位架构中的终端设备，下文中所述的接入网中具有定位功能的网元可以是接入网设备1或接入网设备2，下文中所述的核心网中具有定位功能的网元可以是LMF，下文中所述核心网设备可以是AMF网元。In the following introduction process, take the method applied to the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D as an example, that is, the first network device described below may be the access network device 1 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D The second network device described below may be the LMF in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D, and the third network device described below may be the access network device 2 in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D. The terminal device described may be the terminal device in the positioning architecture shown in FIG. 2D. The network element with positioning function in the access network described below may be the access network device 1 or the access network device 2. The network element with the positioning function in the core network described above may be an LMF, and the core network device described below may be an AMF network element.

为便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由接入网设备1和LMF执行为例，也就是，以第一通信装置是接入网设备1、第二通信装置是LMF为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by the access network device 1 and the LMF as an example, that is, the first communication device is the access network device 1 and the second communication device is the LMF as an example.

S61、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第二网络设备接收该第一请求消息。S61. The first network device sends a first request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the first request message.

第一请求消息与步骤S503中的第一请求消息相似，在此不再赘述，请参考步骤S503中关于第一请求消息的描述。The first request message is similar to the first request message in step S503, and will not be repeated here. Please refer to the description of the first request message in step S503.

需要说明的是，与步骤S503中的第一请求消息不同的是，在步骤S503中，第一请求消息是发送给另一个接入网设备，即接入网设备2的，而在本申请实施例中，该第一请求消息是发送给LMF的，用于向LMF请求使用其他的网络设备(例如，LMF或者接入网设备2)对终端设备进行定位。It should be noted that, unlike the first request message in step S503, in step S503, the first request message is sent to another access network device, that is, access network device 2, which is implemented in this application In an example, the first request message is sent to the LMF, and is used to request the LMF to use another network device (for example, the LMF or the access network device 2) to locate the terminal device.

在这种情况下，该第一请求消息中还可以携带接入网设备1请求切换的原因。例如，该请求切换的原因可以是，终端设备发生小区切换，或者，接入网设备1中定位业务的负载量过大，或者发生其他的错误等，在此不作限制。In this case, the first request message may also carry the reason why the access network device 1 requests the handover. For example, the reason for the request for handover may be that a cell handover occurs in the terminal device, or the load of the positioning service in the access network device 1 is too large, or other errors occur, which is not limited here.

S62、第二网络设备确定用于对终端设备进行定位的网络设备。S62. The second network device determines a network device used to locate the terminal device.

作为一种示例，当LMF接收接入网设备1发送的第一请求消息后，可以获取每个接入网设备中定位业务的负载量，从而从负载量小于预设阈值的至少一个接入网设备中确定一个接入网设备为用于对终端设备进行定位的网络设备。若每个接入网设备的负载量均大于或等于该预设阈值，则确定使用LMF对终端设备进行定位。As an example, after the LMF receives the first request message sent by the access network device 1, it can obtain the load of the positioning service in each access network device, so as to obtain information from at least one access network whose load is less than the preset threshold. Among the devices, an access network device is determined as a network device for positioning the terminal device. If the load of each access network device is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, it is determined to use the LMF to locate the terminal device.

例如，LMF确定接入网设备2的负载量小于预设阈值，则LMF确定使用接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位。For example, if the LMF determines that the load of the access network device 2 is less than a preset threshold, the LMF determines to use the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device.

作为另一种示例，LMF可以根据终端设备的服务小区确定对终端设备进行定位的网络设备。As another example, the LMF may determine the network device for positioning the terminal device according to the serving cell of the terminal device.

例如，当LMF获取终端设备的ID后，LMF可以根据终端设备的ID确定该终端设备当前接入的服务小区，若该服务小区为接入网设备2对应的小区，则LMF确定使用接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位。若无法确定终端设备所在的服务小区，则确定使用LMF对终端设备进行定位。For example, after the LMF obtains the ID of the terminal device, the LMF can determine the serving cell that the terminal device currently accesses according to the ID of the terminal device. If the serving cell is the cell corresponding to the access network device 2, the LMF determines to use the access network Device 2 locates the terminal device. If the serving cell where the terminal device is located cannot be determined, it is determined to use the LMF to locate the terminal device.

为方便说明，在下文中，以LMF确定用于对终端设备进行定位的网络设备为第三网络设备(也就是接入网设备2)为例。For the convenience of description, in the following, the LMF determines that the network device used for positioning the terminal device is the third network device (that is, the access network device 2) as an example.

S63、第二网络设备向第三网络设备发送第四请求消息，第三网络设备接收该第四请求消息。S63. The second network device sends a fourth request message to the third network device, and the third network device receives the fourth request message.

在本申请实施例中，第四请求消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位。In the embodiment of the present application, the fourth request message is used to instruct the third network device to locate the terminal device.

当LMF确定使用接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位后，则LMF可以向接入网设备2发送请求消息，以请求接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位。When the LMF determines to use the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device, the LMF may send a request message to the access network device 2 to request the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device.

该第四请求消息中可以包括终端设备的标识，和/或，终端设备所需的定位精度，和/或，终端设备所在的服务小区的标识。The fourth request message may include the identity of the terminal device, and/or the positioning accuracy required by the terminal device, and/or the identity of the serving cell where the terminal device is located.

S64、第三网络设备发送第四响应消息，第二网络设备接收第四响应消息。S64. The third network device sends a fourth response message, and the second network device receives the fourth response message.

在本申请实施例中，第四响应消息用于指示第三网络设备是否同意对终端设备进行定位。In the embodiment of the present application, the fourth response message is used to indicate whether the third network device agrees to locate the terminal device.

作为一种示例，接入网设备2可以第四请求消息中携带的信息，确定是否同意对终端设备进行定位。例如，接入网设备2可以确定其能够提供的定位精度是否满足终端设备所需的定位精度，若满足，则接入网设备2可以同意对终端设备进行定位，否则，接入网设备2可以拒绝对终端设备进行定位。As an example, the access network device 2 can determine whether to agree to locate the terminal device using the information carried in the fourth request message. For example, the access network device 2 can determine whether the positioning accuracy it can provide meets the positioning accuracy required by the terminal device. If so, the access network device 2 can agree to locate the terminal device; otherwise, the access network device 2 can Refuse to locate the terminal device.

当然，接入网设备2也可以采用其他的确定方式，在此不作限制。Of course, the access network device 2 can also adopt other determination methods, which are not limited here.

S65、第二网络设备生成第一响应消息。S65. The second network device generates a first response message.

作为一种示例，LMF可以根据接入网设备2发送的第四响应消息生成第一响应消息。例如，若接入网设备2同意对终端设备进行定位，则该第一响应消息用于指示使用接入网设备2对终端设备进行定位；若接入网设备2拒绝对终端设备进行定位，则该第一响应消息用于指示使用LMF对终端设备进行定位。As an example, the LMF may generate the first response message according to the fourth response message sent by the access network device 2. For example, if the access network device 2 agrees to locate the terminal device, the first response message is used to instruct to use the access network device 2 to locate the terminal device; if the access network device 2 refuses to locate the terminal device, then The first response message is used to instruct to use LMF to locate the terminal device.

当然，LMF也可以直接生成该第一响应消息，而不用使用该第四响应消息。例如，LMF在接收接入网设备1发送的第一请求消息后，确定使用LMF对终端设备进行定位，则LMF直接生成第一响应消息，通过第一响应消息指示使用LMF对终端设备进行定位。Of course, the LMF can also directly generate the first response message without using the fourth response message. For example, after the LMF receives the first request message sent by the access network device 1 and determines to use the LMF to locate the terminal device, the LMF directly generates the first response message, and instructs the LMF to locate the terminal device through the first response message.

在这种情况下，步骤S63和步骤S64则为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的，在图6中以虚线表示。In this case, step S63 and step S64 are optional steps, that is, they are not necessary to be performed, and are represented by dotted lines in FIG. 6.

S66、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送该第一响应消息，第一网络设备接收该第一响应消息。S66. The second network device sends the first response message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first response message.

S67、第一网络设备将第一响应消息转发给终端设备，终端设备接收该第一响应消息。S67. The first network device forwards the first response message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first response message.

S68、第一网络设备根据该第一响应消息发送切换请求。S68. The first network device sends a handover request according to the first response message.

步骤S66～步骤S68与步骤S507～步骤S509相似，在此不再赘述。在图6中，以接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送切换请求为例。Steps S66 to S68 are similar to steps S507 to S509, and will not be repeated here. In FIG. 6, the access network device 1 sends a handover request to the access network device 2 as an example.

在上述技术方案中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，可以通过与LMF的交互，实现终端设备的定位业务的切换，从而可以保持终端设备在移动状态时的定位业务的持续性。进一步，当接入网设备无法对终端设备进行定位时，还可以将定位因为切回到LMF上，进一步保证了定位业务的持续性。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device is in a mobile state, the access network device that provides services for the terminal device can interact with the LMF to switch the positioning service of the terminal device, so as to keep the terminal device in the mobile state. The continuity of the positioning business. Further, when the access network equipment cannot locate the terminal equipment, the positioning can also be switched back to the LMF, which further ensures the continuity of the positioning service.

在图5和图6所示的实施例中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备的切换，和定位业务的切换是同步进行的，也就是说，当为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备发生切换时，对终端设备进行定位的定位服务器也发生切换。但，在实际应用中，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备的切换，和定位业务的切换，可以是两个异步的过程，即二者独立。In the embodiments shown in Figures 5 and 6, when the terminal device is in a mobile state, the switching of the access network device that provides services for the terminal device and the switching of the positioning service are performed simultaneously, that is, when When the access network device that the terminal device provides services is switched, the positioning server that locates the terminal device also switches. However, in practical applications, the switching of the access network equipment that provides services for the terminal equipment and the switching of the positioning service may be two asynchronous processes, that is, the two are independent.

下面，请参考图7，介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示例的流程图。Hereinafter, please refer to FIG. 7 to introduce a flowchart of another example of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

为便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由接入网设备1和接入网设备2执行为例，也就是，以第一通信装置是接入网设备1、第二通信装置是接入网设备2为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is executed by the access network device 1 and the access network device 2 as an example, that is, the first communication device is the access network device and the second communication device is the access network device. 2 as an example.

S701、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，第二网络设备接收该第二请求消息。S701. The first network device sends a second request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the second request message.

S702、第二网络设备发送第二响应消息，第一网络设备接收该第二响应消息。S702. The second network device sends a second response message, and the first network device receives the second response message.

步骤S701～步骤S702与步骤S501～步骤S502相似，在此不再赘述。Steps S701 to S702 are similar to steps S501 to S502, and will not be repeated here.

S703、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，第二网络设备接收该第一请求消息。S703: The first network device sends a first request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the first request message.

该第一请求消息与步骤S503中的第一请求消息相似，在此不再赘述。The first request message is similar to the first request message in step S503, and will not be repeated here.

与步骤S503中的第一请求消息不同的是，在本申请实施例中，该第一请求消息还包括定位服务指示，该定位服务指示用于指示是否使用第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。Different from the first request message in step S503, in this embodiment of the present application, the first request message further includes a location service indication, which is used to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.

也就是说，在本申请实施例中，将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，与终端设备的定位业务的切换，这两个过程是独立的。可以只切换为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，或者，可以只切换终端设备的定位业务，或者，也可以同步切换为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备以及终端设备的定位业务。That is to say, in this embodiment of the application, the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device is switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, and the positioning service of the terminal device is switched. The two processes are independent. It is possible to switch only the access network equipment that provides services for the terminal equipment, or only the positioning service of the terminal equipment may be switched, or it may also be synchronized to switch to the access network equipment that provides services for the terminal equipment and the positioning service of the terminal equipment.

需要说明的是，在这种情况下，该第一请求消息可以携带指示信息，该指示信息用于指示接入网设备1允许接入网设备2只切换为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备而不切换定位业务，或者用于指示允许接入网设备2只切换定位业务，或者允许接入网设备2同时切换定位业务以及为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备。It should be noted that in this case, the first request message may carry indication information, which is used to instruct the access network device 1 to allow the access network device 2 to only switch to the access network device that provides services for the terminal device The positioning service is not switched, or it is used to indicate that the access network device 2 is allowed to switch only the positioning service, or the access network device 2 is allowed to simultaneously switch the positioning service and the access network device that provides services for the terminal device.

应理解，定位服务指示可以是第一请求消息中的一个字段用于指示是否使用第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，也可以是隐式指示的。如果是隐式指示的，则通过在第一请求消息中包含定位相关的信息来指示是否使用第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位。It should be understood that the location service indication may be a field in the first request message used to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device, or it may be an implicit indication. If it is implicitly indicated, the first request message includes positioning-related information to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.

例如，第一请求消息中可以包含定位服务功能的信息为接入网设备1的信息，或者是另一个接入网设备的信息，如接入网设备的ID等。如果第一请求消息中包含的定位服务功能的信息为接入网设备2，则表示定位服务功能切换到接入网设备2。For example, the first request message may include the information of the location service function as the information of the access network device 1, or the information of another access network device, such as the ID of the access network device. If the location service function information included in the first request message is the access network device 2, it means that the location service function is switched to the access network device 2.

当定位服务功能在切换过程中不变时，接入网设备2可以将定位服务的参数发送给接入网设备1或者切换前的具有定位服务功能的网元，完成定位后将定位结果发送给接入网设备2，方法如前所述，不再赘述。When the location service function is unchanged during the handover, the access network device 2 can send the location service parameters to the access network device 1 or the network element with the location service function before the handover, and send the location result to The method for accessing the network device 2 is as described above and will not be repeated here.

S704、第二网络设备向核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三请求消息，核心网中具有定位功能的网元接收该第三请求消息。S704. The second network device sends a third request message to the network element with the positioning function in the core network, and the network element with the positioning function in the core network receives the third request message.

S705、核心网中具有定位功能的网元发送第三响应消息，第二网络设备接收该第三响应消息。S705. A network element with a positioning function in the core network sends a third response message, and the second network device receives the third response message.

S706、第二网络设备生成第一响应消息。S706. The second network device generates a first response message.

具体地，根据第三响应消息中指示的确定结果的不同，第一响应消息可以包括但不限于如下四种情况：Specifically, according to the different determination results indicated in the third response message, the first response message may include but is not limited to the following four situations:

在这种情况下，第一响应消息与步骤S506中的第一响应消息的第一种情况相同，在此不再赘述。In this case, the first response message is the same as the first case of the first response message in step S506, and will not be repeated here.

第二种情况，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，该定位消息用于确定终端设备的位置，也就是图3所示的实施例中第一消息，在此不再赘述。In the second case, the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message. The positioning message is used to determine the location of the terminal device, which is the implementation shown in FIG. 3. The first message in the example will not be repeated here.

也就是说，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备可以由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，但是终端设备的定位业务仍然由接入网设备1提供。且，当为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备切换到接入网设备2后，终端设备发送的定位消息首先将发送给接入网设备2，此时，接入网设备2可以将该定位消息转发给接入网设备1。That is to say, the access network device that provides services for the terminal device can be switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, but the positioning service of the terminal device is still provided by the access network device 1. Moreover, when the access network device that provides services for the terminal device is switched to the access network device 2, the positioning message sent by the terminal device will first be sent to the access network device 2. At this time, the access network device 2 can locate the The message is forwarded to the access network device 1.

第三种情况，第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，且拒绝对定位消息进行转发。In the third case, the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device and refuses to forward the positioning message.

也就是说，为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备可以由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，但是终端设备的定位业务仍然由接入网设备1提供。且，当为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备切换到接入网设备2后，接入网设备2不会将终端设备发送的定位消息转发给接入网设备1。That is to say, the access network device that provides services for the terminal device can be switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, but the positioning service of the terminal device is still provided by the access network device 1. Furthermore, when the access network device that provides services for the terminal device is switched to the access network device 2, the access network device 2 will not forward the positioning message sent by the terminal device to the access network device 1.

第四种情况，第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，该第三网络设备为接入网或核心网中具有定位功能的网元，例如，为LMF或者接入网中除接入网设备1和接入网设备2之外的接入网设备。In the fourth case, the first response message is used to instruct a third network device to locate the terminal device. The third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network or core network, for example, LMF or access network Access network equipment other than access network equipment 1 and access network equipment 2.

在这种情况下，第一响应消息与步骤S506中的第一响应消息的第二种情况相同，在此不再赘述。In this case, the first response message is the same as the second case of the first response message in step S506, and will not be repeated here.

S707、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一响应消息，第一网络设备接收该第一响应消息。S707. The second network device sends a first response message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first response message.

S708、第一网络设备将第一响应消息转发给终端设备，终端设备接收该第一响应消息。S708. The first network device forwards the first response message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first response message.

步骤S707～步骤S708与步骤S507～步骤S508相似，在此不再赘述。Steps S707 to S708 are similar to steps S507 to S508, and will not be repeated here.

S709、第一网络设备根据第一响应消息发送切换请求。S709. The first network device sends a handover request according to the first response message.

当第一响应消息为步骤S706中的第一种情况，即第一响应消息用于指示第二网络设备对终端设备进行定位，由于该第二网络设备为接入网设备2，则接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送切换请求，该切换请求用于请求将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，且，将终端设备的定位业务切换到接入网设备2。When the first response message is the first situation in step S706, that is, the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device, and because the second network device is the access network device 2, the access network device Device 1 sends a handover request to access network device 2, and the handover request is used to request that the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device be switched from access network device 1 to access network device 2, and to position the terminal device The service is switched to the access network device 2.

当第一响应消息为步骤S706中的第二种情况，即第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，由于该第二网络设备为接入网设备2，则接入网设备1可以向接入网设备2发送用于请求将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2的接入服务切换请求，而不切换定位业务。When the first response message is the second situation in step S706, that is, the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message. Since the second network device is the access network device 2, then The network access device 1 may send to the access network device 2 an access service switching request for requesting that the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device be switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2 without switching the positioning business.

当第一响应消息为步骤S706中的第三种情况，即第二网络设备拒绝对终端设备进行定位，且拒绝对定位消息进行转发，由于该第二网络设备为接入网设备2，则接入网设备1可以向接入网设备2发送用于请求将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2的接入服务切换请求，并向LMF发送定位切换请求，请求LMF对终端设备进行定位。When the first response message is the third case in step S706, that is, the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device and refuses to forward the positioning message, since the second network device is the access network device 2, then The access network device 1 may send to the access network device 2 an access service switching request for requesting that the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device be switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, and send it to the LMF Location switching request, requesting LMF to locate the terminal device.

当第一响应消息为步骤S706中的第四种情况，即第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位，该第三网络设备为接入网或核心网中具有定位功能的网元，则接入网设备1可以向接入网设备2发送用于请求将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为第三网络设备的接入服务切换请求，以及请求第三网络设备对终端设备进行定位的定位业务切换请求。When the first response message is the fourth situation in step S706, that is, the third network device positions the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network or the core network, then the access network Device 1 may send to access network device 2 an access service switching request for requesting that the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device be switched from access network device 1 to a third network device, and request that the third network device pair The terminal device performs a positioning service switching request for positioning.

在图7所示的实施例中，以接入网设备1向接入网设备2发送用于请求将为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2，而不切换定位业务为例。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the access network device 1 sends a request to the access network device 2 to request that the access network device that will provide services for the terminal device is switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2. , Without switching the positioning service as an example.

S710、终端设备向第二网络设备发送定位消息，第二网络设备接收该定位消息。S710. The terminal device sends a positioning message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the positioning message.

当为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备由接入网设备1切换为接入网设备2之后，由于接入网设备2拒绝对终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，则当终端设备生成定位消息后，可以将定位消息发送给接入网设备2。该定位消息中可以携带接入网设备1的标识，或者不携带接入网设备1的标识，而接入网设备2知道定位服务功能位于接入网设备1。When the access network device that provides services for the terminal device is switched from the access network device 1 to the access network device 2, because the access network device 2 refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of the positioning message, the terminal After the device generates the positioning message, it can send the positioning message to the access network device 2. The location message may carry the identification of the access network device 1 or not carry the identification of the access network device 1, and the access network device 2 knows that the location service function is located in the access network device 1.

其中，对定位消息的说明与图3所示的实施例中第一消息相似，且该定位消息为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，在此不再赘述。Wherein, the description of the positioning message is similar to the first message in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and the positioning message is a type of message that can be recognized by the access network device, and will not be repeated here.

S711、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送该定位消息，第一网络设备接收该定位消息。S711. The second network device sends the positioning message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the positioning message.

当接入网设备2接收该定位消息后，则根据该定位消息中携带的标识，将该定位消息转发给接入网设备1。After the access network device 2 receives the positioning message, it forwards the positioning message to the access network device 1 according to the identifier carried in the positioning message.

S712、第一网络设备根据该定位消息对终端设备进行定位计算。S712: The first network device performs positioning calculation on the terminal device according to the positioning message.

在这种情况下，第一网络设备仅根据该定位消息对终端设备进行定位计算，相当于，第二网络设备利用第一网络设备的定位计算功能，为终端设备提供定位功能。In this case, the first network device only performs positioning calculation on the terminal device according to the positioning message, which is equivalent to that the second network device uses the positioning calculation function of the first network device to provide the terminal device with a positioning function.

S713、第一网络设备将对终端设备的定位结果发送给第二网络设备，第二网络设备接收该定位结果。S713. The first network device sends the positioning result of the terminal device to the second network device, and the second network device receives the positioning result.

S714、第二网络设备将定位结果发送给AMF网元或LMF，AMF网元或LMF接收该定位结果。S714. The second network device sends the positioning result to the AMF network element or LMF, and the AMF network element or LMF receives the positioning result.

需要说明的是，作为另一种示例，第一网络设备(即接入网设备1)在确定定位结果后，也可以直接将该定位结果发送给AMF网元。当接入网设备1在将定位结果发送给AMF网元时或LMF，可以在该定位结果中携带终端设备的ID，该终端设备的ID可以与终端设备与接入网设备1连接时的ID不同，例如，当终端设备与接入网设备1连接时的ID为0，则当终端设备与接入网设备2连接后，接入网设备1在对终端设备进行定位后，可以将该终端设备的ID进行加1处理，然后使用处理后的ID来指示该终端设备。It should be noted that, as another example, after determining the positioning result, the first network device (ie, the access network device 1) may also directly send the positioning result to the AMF network element. When the access network device 1 sends the positioning result to the AMF network element or LMF, the ID of the terminal device can be carried in the positioning result, and the ID of the terminal device can be the ID when the terminal device is connected to the access network device 1 For example, when the terminal device is connected to the access network device 1 with an ID of 0, after the terminal device is connected to the access network device 2, the access network device 1 can locate the terminal device. The ID of the device is incremented by 1, and then the processed ID is used to indicate the terminal device.

步骤S710～步骤S714为可选步骤，即不是必须要执行的。在图7中以虚线表示。Steps S710 to S714 are optional steps, that is, they are not necessarily performed. It is represented by a broken line in FIG. 7.

在上述技术方案中，当终端设备处于移动状态时，终端设备的定位业务可以不切换，从而可以保持终端设备在移动状态时，由之前接入的接入网设备对终端设备进行定位，可以保证终端设备的定位业务的持续性。In the above technical solution, when the terminal device is in the mobile state, the positioning service of the terminal device may not be switched, so that when the terminal device is kept in the mobile state, the terminal device is positioned by the previously accessed access network device, which can ensure The continuity of the positioning service of the terminal equipment.

另外，需要说明的是，第二网络设备也可以为核心网设备，例如为LMF，相应地，第三网络设备则为接入网设备，例如为接入网设备2。在这种情况下，该通信方法的具体执行过程可以参照图6以及图7所示的实施例相似，在此不再赘述。In addition, it should be noted that the second network device may also be a core network device, such as an LMF, and correspondingly, the third network device is an access network device, such as an access network device 2. In this case, the specific execution process of the communication method may be similar to the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, and will not be repeated here.

上述本申请提供的实施例中，分别从定位服务器、接入网设备、终端设备、以及三者之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能，定位服务器、接入网设备、至少一个终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块，以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of the positioning server, the access network device, the terminal device, and the interaction among the three. In order to implement the functions in the method provided in the above embodiments of the present application, the positioning server, the access network device, and at least one terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or a software module, and a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module To achieve the above functions. Whether a certain function of the above-mentioned functions is executed by a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution.

图8示出了一种通信装置800的结构示意图。其中，通信装置800可以是终端设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能；通信装置800也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能的装置。通信装置800可以是硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块。通信装置800可以由芯片***实现。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 800. The communication device 800 may be a terminal device, which can realize the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 800 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application . The communication device 800 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. The communication device 800 may be implemented by a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

通信装置800可以包括处理模块801和通信模块802。The communication device 800 may include a processing module 801 and a communication module 802.

处理模块801可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的步骤S33，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。The processing module 801 may be used to perform step S33 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.

通信模块802用于通信装置800和其它模块进行通信，其可以是电路、器件、接口、总线、软件模块、收发器或者其它任意可以实现通信的装置。The communication module 802 is used for the communication device 800 to communicate with other modules, and it may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can realize communication.

通信模块802可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的步骤S32以及步骤S34，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。The communication module 802 may be used to execute step S32 and step S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.

其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.

图9示出了一种通信装置900的结构示意图。其中，通信装置900可以是第一网络设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备执行的功能；通信装置900也可以是能够支持第一网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备执行的功能的装置。通信装置900可以是硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块。通信装置900可以由芯片***实现。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900. Wherein, the communication device 900 may be a first network device, which can implement the functions performed by the first network device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application; the communication device 900 may also be capable of supporting the first network device to implement the method provided in the embodiments of the present application A device for the function performed by the first network device. The communication device 900 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. The communication device 900 may be implemented by a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

通信装置900可以包括处理模块901和通信模块902。The communication device 900 may include a processing module 901 and a communication module 902.

处理模块901可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的步骤S43以及步骤S45，或用于控制通信模块902执行图5或图6所示的实施例中的步骤，或用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤S712，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。The processing module 901 may be used to perform steps S43 and S45 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, or used to control the communication module 902 to perform the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6, or used to perform the steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. Step S712 in the illustrated embodiment, and/or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.

通信模块902可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中的步骤S42以及步骤S46，或用于执行图5所示的实施例中的步骤S501～步骤S503以及步骤S507～步骤S509，或用于执行图6所示的实施例中的步骤S61以及步骤S66～步骤S68，或用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤S701～步骤S703、步骤S707～步骤S709、步骤S711以及步骤S713，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块902用于通信装置900和其它模块进行通信，其可以是电路、器件、接口、总线、软件模块、收发器或者其它任意可以实现通信的装置。The communication module 902 can be used to perform step S42 and step S46 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, or used to perform step S501 to step S503 and step S507 to step S509 in the embodiment shown in FIG. Perform step S61 and step S66 to step S68 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, or used to perform step S701 to step S703, step S707 to step S709, step S711, and step S713 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, And/or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The communication module 902 is used for the communication device 900 to communicate with other modules, and it may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.

图10示出了一种通信装置1000的结构示意图。其中，通信装置1000可以是第二网络设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第二网络设备所执行的功能；通信装置1000也可以是能够支持第二网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第二网络设备执行的功能的装置。通信装置1000可以是硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块。通信装置1000可以由芯片***实现。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1000. Wherein, the communication apparatus 1000 may be a second network device, which can implement the functions performed by the second network device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application; the communication apparatus 1000 may also be capable of supporting the second network device to implement the functions provided by the embodiments of the present application In the method, the function performed by the second network device is a device. The communication device 1000 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. The communication device 1000 may be implemented by a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

通信装置1000可以包括处理模块1001和通信模块1002。The communication device 1000 may include a processing module 1001 and a communication module 1002.

处理模块1001可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中的步骤S506，或用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤S706，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。The processing module 1001 may be used to perform step S506 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, or used to perform step S706 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.

通信模块1002可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中的步骤S501～步骤S505、步骤S507以及步骤S509～步骤S510，或用于执行图6所示的实施例中的步骤S63～步骤S64以及步骤S68，或用于执行图7所示的实施例中的步骤S701～步骤S705、步骤S707、步骤709～步骤S711以及步骤S713～步骤S714，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块1002用于通信装置1000和其它模块进行通信，其可以是电路、器件、接口、总线、软件模块、收发器或者其它任意可以实现通信的装置。The communication module 1002 can be used to perform steps S501 to S505, step S507, and steps S509 to S510 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, or to perform steps S63 to S64 and in the embodiment shown in FIG. Step S68, or used to perform steps S701 to S705, step S707, step 709 to step S711, and step S713 to step S714 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or other methods for supporting the technology described herein process. The communication module 1002 is used for communication between the communication device 1000 and other modules, and it may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can realize communication.

本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中，也可以是单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of modules in the embodiments of this application is illustrative, and it is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. In addition, the functional modules in each embodiment of this application can be integrated into one process. In the device, it can also exist alone physically, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.

如图11所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1100，其中，通信装置1100可以是图3所示的实施例中的终端设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备所执行的功能；通信装置1100也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备执行的功能的装置。其中，该通信装置1100可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 11 shows a communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of this application, where the communication device 1100 may be a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and can implement what is performed by the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application. Function; the communication device 1100 may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function performed by the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. Wherein, the communication device 1100 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

在硬件实现上，上述通信模块802可以为收发器，收发器集成在通信装置1100中构成通信接口1110。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned communication module 802 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 1100 to form a communication interface 1110.

通信装置1100包括至少一个处理器1120，用于实现或用于支持通信装置1100实现本申请实施例提供的方法中接入网设备的功能。示例性地，处理器1120可以根据第一指示信息确定第一消息的类型，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。The communication device 1100 includes at least one processor 1120, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 1100 to implement the function of the access network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the processor 1120 may determine the type of the first message according to the first indication information. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.

通信装置1100还可以包括至少一个存储器1130，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1130和处理器1120耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1120可能和存储器1130协同操作。处理器1120可能执行存储器1130中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 1100 may further include at least one memory 1130 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1130 and the processor 1120 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1120 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1130. The processor 1120 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1130. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.

通信装置1100还可以包括通信接口1110，用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而用于通信装置1100中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备可以是网络设备。处理器1120可以利用通信接口1110收发数据。通信接口1110具体可以是收发器。The communication device 1100 may further include a communication interface 1110 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the communication device 1100 can communicate with other devices. Illustratively, the other device may be a network device. The processor 1120 may use the communication interface 1110 to send and receive data. The communication interface 1110 may specifically be a transceiver.

本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1110、处理器1120以及存储器1130之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图11中以存储器1130、处理器1120以及通信接口1110之间通过总线1140连接，总线在图11中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图11中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1110, the processor 1120, and the memory 1130. In the embodiment of the present application in FIG. 11, the memory 1130, the processor 1120, and the communication interface 1110 are connected by a bus 1140. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 11, and the connection modes between other components are merely illustrative. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 11 to represent, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.

在本申请实施例中，处理器1120可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1120 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component. Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

在本申请实施例中，存储器1130可以是非易失性存储器，比如硬盘(hard disk drive，HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive，SSD)等，还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory，RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1130 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.

如图12所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1200，其中，通信装置1200可以是第一网络设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备的功能；通信装置1200也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备的功能的装置。其中，该通信装置1200可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。As shown in FIG. 12 is a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of this application, where the communication device 1200 may be a first network device, which can realize the function of the first network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application; the communication device 1200 may also It is a device that can support the terminal device to implement the function of the first network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the communication device 1200 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

在硬件实现上，上述通信模块902可以为收发器，收发器集成在通信装置1200中构成通信接口1210。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned communication module 902 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 1200 to form a communication interface 1210.

通信装置1200包括至少一个处理器1220，用于实现或用于支持通信装置1200实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备的功能。示例性地，处理器1220可以根据第一消息确定终端设备的位置，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。The communication device 1200 includes at least one processor 1220, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 1200 to implement the function of the first network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the processor 1220 may determine the location of the terminal device according to the first message. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.

通信装置1200还可以包括至少一个存储器1230，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1230和处理器1220耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1220可能和存储器1230协同操作。处理器1220可能执行存储器1230中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 1200 may further include at least one memory 1230 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1230 and the processor 1220 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1220 may cooperate with the memory 1230 to operate. The processor 1220 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1230. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.

通信装置1200还可以包括通信接口1210，用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而用于装置1200中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备可以是终端设备。处理器1220可以利用通信接口1210收发数据。通信接口1210具体可以是收发器。The communication apparatus 1200 may further include a communication interface 1210 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1200 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device may be a terminal device. The processor 1220 may use the communication interface 1210 to send and receive data. The communication interface 1210 may specifically be a transceiver.

本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1210、处理器1220以及存储器1230之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图12中以存储器1230、处理器1220以及通信接口1210之间通过总线1240连接，总线在图12中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图12中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the communication interface 1210, the processor 1220, and the memory 1230 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 12, the memory 1230, the processor 1220, and the communication interface 1210 are connected by a bus 1240. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 12, and the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.

在本申请实施例中，处理器1220可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1220 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component. Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

在本申请实施例中，存储器1230可以是非易失性存储器，比如硬盘(hard disk drive，HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive，SSD)等，还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory，RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1230 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.

如图13所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300，其中，通信装置1300可以是第二网络设备，能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第二网络设备所执行的功能；通信装置1300也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第二网络设备执行的功能的装置。其中，该通信装置1300可以为芯片***。本申请实施例中，芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。FIG. 13 shows a communication device 1300 provided by an embodiment of the application, where the communication device 1300 may be a second network device, which can implement the functions performed by the second network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the application; the communication device 1300 It may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function performed by the second network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the communication device 1300 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

在硬件实现上，上述通信模块1002可以为收发器，收发器集成在通信装置1300中构成通信接口1310。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned communication module 1002 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver is integrated in the communication device 1300 to form a communication interface 1310.

通信装置1300包括至少一个处理器1320，用于实现或用于支持通信装置1300实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一网络设备所执行的功能。示例性地，处理器1320可以生成第一响应消息，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。The communication device 1300 includes at least one processor 1320, which is configured to implement or support the communication device 1300 to implement the functions performed by the first network device in the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. Exemplarily, the processor 1320 may generate the first response message. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.

通信装置1300还可以包括至少一个存储器1330，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1330可以与处理器1320耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是指装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1320还可以与存储器1330协同操作。处理器1320可能执行存储器1330中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个存储器可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 1300 may further include at least one memory 1330 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1330 may be coupled with the processor 1320. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application refers to an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1320 may also cooperate with the memory 1330. The processor 1320 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1330. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.

通信装置1300还可以包括通信接口1310，用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而使装置1300可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备可以是终端设备。处理器1320可以利用通信接口1310收发数据。通信接口1310具体可以是收发器。The communication apparatus 1300 may further include a communication interface 1310 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus 1300 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device may be a terminal device. The processor 1320 may use the communication interface 1310 to send and receive data. The communication interface 1310 may specifically be a transceiver.

本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1310、处理器1320以及存储器1330之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图13中以存储器1330、处理器1320以及通信接口1310之间通过总线1340连接，总线在图13中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图13中仅用一条粗线表示，但实际的总线结构并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1310, the processor 1320, and the memory 1330. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1330, the processor 1320, and the communication interface 1310 are connected by a bus 1340 in FIG. 13, and the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 13. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 13, but the actual bus structure does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.

在本申请实施例中，处理器1320可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1320 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component. Or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

在本申请实施例中，存储器1330可以是非易失性存储器，比如硬盘(hard disk drive，HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive，SSD)等，还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory，RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the application, the memory 1330 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), For example, random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing program instructions and/or data.

本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, and the communication device may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.

当该通信装置为终端设备时，图14示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图14中，终端设备以手机作为例子。如图14所示，终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device is a terminal device, FIG. 14 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 14, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 14, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.

当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图14中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 14. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图14所示，终端设备包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元1410中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元1410中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元1410包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420. The transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. The processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1410 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1410 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.

应理解，收发单元1410用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元1420用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1410 is used to perform sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the processing unit 1420 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment except for the transceiving operation.

例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元1410用于执行图3所示的实施例中的步骤S32以及步骤S34中终端设备侧的接收操作，和/或收发单元1410还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。处理单元1420，用于执行图3所示的实施例中的步骤S33，和/或处理单元1420还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiving unit 1410 is used to perform step S32 and the receiving operation on the terminal device side in step S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiving unit 1410 is also used to perform the implementation of this application. In the example, the other sending and receiving steps on the terminal device side. The processing unit 1420 is configured to execute step S33 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and/or the processing unit 1420 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.

当该通信装置为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.

本实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时，可以参照图15所示的设备。作为一个例子，该设备可以完成类似于图11中处理器1120的功能。在图15中，该设备包括处理器1510，发送数据处理器1520，接收数据处理器1530。上述实施例中的处理模块801可以是图15中的该处理器1510，并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块802可以是图15中的发送数据处理器1520，和/或接收数据处理器1530。虽然图15中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。When the communication device in this embodiment is a terminal device, the device shown in FIG. 15 can be referred to. As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processor 1120 in FIG. 11. In FIG. 15, the device includes a processor 1510, a data sending processor 1520, and a data receiving processor 1530. The processing module 801 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 1510 in FIG. 15 and completes corresponding functions. The transceiver module 802 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 1520 and/or the receiving data processor 1530 in FIG. 15. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 15, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are merely illustrative.

图16示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1600中包括调制子***、中央处理子***、周边子***等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子***。具体的，该调制子***可以包括处理器1603，接口1604。其中处理器1603完成上述处理模块801的功能，接口1604完成上述通信模块802的功能。作为另一种变形，该调制子***包括存储器1606、处理器1603及存储在存储器1606上并可在处理器上运行的程序，该处理器1603执行该程序时实现上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是，所述存储器 1606可以是非易失性的，也可以是易失性的，其位置可以位于调制子***内部，也可以位于处理装置1600中，只要该存储器1606可以连接到所述处理器1603即可。Fig. 16 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 1600 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in this embodiment can be used as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1603 and an interface 1604. The processor 1603 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 801, and the interface 1604 completes the function of the aforementioned communication module 802. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1606, a processor 1603, and a program stored in the memory 1606 and running on the processor. The processor 1603 executes the program on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment. Methods. It should be noted that the memory 1606 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1600, as long as the memory 1606 can be connected to the The processor 1603 is fine.

作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有指令，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。As another form of this embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is provided with instructions stored thereon, and when the instructions are executed, the method on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment is executed.

作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。As another form of this embodiment, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, and when the instructions are executed, the method on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment is executed.

本实施例中的装置为接入网设备时，该接入网设备可以如图17所示，装置1700包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1710和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)1720。所述RRU1710可以称为通信模块，与图8中的通信模块802对应，可选地，该通信模块还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线1711和射频单元1712。所述RRU1710部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU1710部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU1710与BBU1720可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。When the device in this embodiment is an access network device, the access network device may be as shown in FIG. 17. The device 1700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1710 and one Or multiple baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, DU) 1720. The RRU 1710 may be called a communication module, which corresponds to the communication module 802 in FIG. 8. Optionally, the communication module may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 1711 and Radio frequency unit 1712. The RRU1710 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment. The BBU1710 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The RRU 1710 and the BBU 1720 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.

所述BBU1720为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理模块，可以与图8中的处理模块801对应，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理模块)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程，例如，生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 1720 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing module, which may correspond to the processing module 801 in FIG. 8, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing module) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing indication information.

在一个示例中，所述BBU1720可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网，5G网或其他网)。所述BBU1720还包括存储器1721和处理器1722。所述存储器1721用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器1722用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1721和处理器1722可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1720 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 1720 also includes a memory 1721 and a processor 1722. The memory 1721 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 1722 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1721 and the processor 1722 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图3中任意一个实施例中终端设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 3.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图4或图5或图6或图7中任意一个实施例中第一网络设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first network device in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. Method of execution.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图5或图6或图7中任意一个实施例中第二网络设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 .

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图3中任意一个实施例中终端设备所执行的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 3.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图4或图5或图6或图7中任意一个实施例中第一网络设备所执行的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the execution of the first network device in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 7 method.

本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行图5或图6或图7中任意一个实施例中第二网络设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method executed by the second network device in any one of the embodiments in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 7.

本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现前述方法实施例中终端设备所执行的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, which is used to implement the functions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.

本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现前述方法实施例中第一网络设备所执行的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, configured to implement the functions performed by the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.

本申请实施例提供了一种芯片***，该芯片***包括处理器，还可以包括存储器，用于实现前述方法实施例中第二网络设备所执行的功能。该芯片***可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and may also include a memory, configured to implement the functions performed by the second network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.

本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括前述所述的第一网络设备或终端设备。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes the aforementioned first network device or terminal device.

本申请实施例提供了一种通信***，所述通信***包括前述所述的第一网络设备和第二网络设备。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned first network device and second network device.

本申请实施例提供的方法中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，简称DSL)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，数字视频光盘(digital video disc，简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，SSD)等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL for short) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). A computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, hard disk, Magnetic tape), optical media (for example, digital video disc (DVD) for short), or semiconductor media (for example, SSD).

显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, then this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims

一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:

终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送的第一消息的类型，所述第一消息用于定位服务器确定所述终端设备的位置，所述第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型或接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，所述定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元；The terminal device receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first message sent by the terminal device, and the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device. The type of the message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device or the type of the message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize. The positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network or is an access network element. Network elements with positioning function in the network;

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述第一消息的类型，并向第一网络设备发送所述第一消息。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the first indication information, and sends the first message to the first network device.
根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述第一消息的类型，包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device determining the type of the first message according to the first indication information comprises:

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型确定所述第一消息的类型；或，The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information; or,

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型。The terminal device determines the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.
根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型确定所述第一消息的类型，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determining the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information comprises:

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，The terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information as the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device ;or,

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The terminal device determines that the type of the first message is the access type according to the type indicated in the first indication information as the type of the message that the access network equipment cannot recognize but the core network equipment can recognize The type of messages that cannot be recognized by the network device but can be recognized by the core network device.
根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determining the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information comprises:

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，The terminal device determines that the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the first indication information as a message that can be recognized by the access network device; or,

所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。According to the first indication information, the terminal device is a message that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize, and determines that the type of the first message is that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device The type of message that can be identified.
根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，所述第一消息中包括所述定位服务器的标识和/或所述定位服务器所支持的小区的标识。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by an access network device, and the first message includes the information of the positioning server The identity and/or the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server.
一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:

第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，所述定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；The first network device sends a first request message to the second network device, where the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to instruct the switched terminal device to perform a positioning service process;

所述第一网络设备从所述第二网络设备接收与所述第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The first network device receives a first response message corresponding to the first request message from the second network device.
根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一请求消息还包括定位服务指示，所述定位服务指示用于指示是否使用所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位。The method according to claim 6, wherein the first request message further comprises a location service indication, the location service indication being used to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.
根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 6 or 7, wherein:

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位；或，The first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，所述定位消息用于确定所述终端设备的位置；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of positioning messages, and the positioning message is used to determine the location of the terminal device; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，且拒绝对所述定位消息进行转发；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device and refuses to forward the positioning message; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位，所述第三网络设备为所述核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The first response message is used to instruct a third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.
根据权利要求6-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一请求消息包括所述终端设备的定位上下文和/或定位服务器的标识，所述定位服务器用于对所述终端设备进行定位，所述定位上下文信息用于所述第一网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位；The method according to any one of claims 6-8, wherein the first request message includes the positioning context of the terminal device and/or the identification of the positioning server, and the positioning server is configured to The terminal device performs positioning, and the positioning context information is used by the first network device to position the terminal device;

所述定位上下文包括如下信息中的至少一种：The positioning context includes at least one of the following information:

所述第一网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位时使用的定位技术；The positioning technology used when the first network device locates the terminal device;

所述终端设备所需的定位精度；The positioning accuracy required by the terminal device;

所述第一网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位时使用的信息；Information used when the first network device locates the terminal device;

所述终端设备上报的测量结果；The measurement result reported by the terminal device;

所述第一网络设备用于对所述终端设备进行定位的辅助信息。The first network device is used for auxiliary information for positioning the terminal device.
根据权利要求6-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 6-9, wherein the method further comprises:

所述第一网络设备将所述第一响应消息转发给所述终端设备。The first network device forwards the first response message to the terminal device.
根据权利要求6-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 6-10, wherein the second network device is a network element with a positioning function in an access network, and the method further comprises:

所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，所述第二请求消息用于获取所述第二网络设备的能力信息；Sending, by the first network device, a second request message to the second network device, where the second request message is used to obtain capability information of the second network device;

所述第一网络设备从所述第二网络设备接收第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息包括所述第二网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或所述第二网络设备所支持的定位精度；The first network device receives a second response message from the second network device, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the capability information supported by the second network device Positioning mode and/or positioning accuracy supported by the second network device;

所述第一网络设备根据所述第二响应消息确定是否请求将所述终端设备的定位业务切换到所述第二网络设备。The first network device determines, according to the second response message, whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device.
根据权利要求6-11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息用于指示由所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位，The method according to any one of claims 6-11, wherein the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device,

所述第一响应消息中还包括所述第二网络设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位。The first response message also includes auxiliary information of the second network device, and the auxiliary information is used by the second network device to locate the terminal device.
根据权利要求6-11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，但支持对所述定位消息的转发，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 6-11, wherein the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the positioning message The method further includes:

所述第一网络设备从第二网络设备接收所述定位消息；The first network device receives the positioning message from the second network device;

所述第一网络设备根据所述定位消息对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device positions the terminal device according to the positioning message.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:

通信模块，用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备发送的第一消息的类型，所述第一消息用于定位服务器确定所述终端设备的位置，所述第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型或接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，所述定位服务器为核心网中具有定位功能的网元或为接入网中具有定位功能的网元；The communication module is configured to receive first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first message sent by the terminal device, and the first message is used by the positioning server to determine the location of the terminal device. The type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by an access network device or a type of a message that can not be recognized by an access network device but a core network device can recognize, and the positioning server is a network element with a positioning function in the core network or It is a network element with positioning function in the access network;

处理模块，用于根据所述第一指示信息确定所述第一消息的类型，A processing module, configured to determine the type of the first message according to the first indication information,

所述通信模块，还用于向第一网络设备发送所述第一消息。The communication module is also used to send the first message to the first network device.
根据权利要求14所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 14, wherein:

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型确定所述第一消息的类型；或，The processing module is specifically configured to determine the type of the first message according to the type indicated in the first indication information; or,

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine the type of the first message according to the type of the first indication information.
根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 15, wherein:

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is the type of the message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information. The type of message; or,

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息中指示的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is according to the type of the message that is not recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device according to the type indicated in the first indication information Types of messages that cannot be recognized by the access network device but can be recognized by the core network device.
根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 15, wherein:

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型；或，The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by the access network device according to the first indication information as a message that can be recognized by the access network device; or ,

所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一指示信息为接入网设备无法识别但所述核心网设备能够识别的消息，确定所述第一消息的类型为所述接入网设备无法识别但核心网设备能够识别的消息的类型。The processing module is specifically configured to determine that the type of the first message is that the access network device cannot recognize the type of the first message according to the first indication information that the access network device cannot recognize but the core network device can recognize But the type of message that the core network device can recognize.
根据权利要求14-17中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一消息的类型为接入网设备能够识别的消息的类型，所述第一消息中包括所述定位服务器的标识和/或所述定位服务器所支持的小区的标识。The apparatus according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein the type of the first message is a type of a message that can be recognized by an access network device, and the first message includes the information of the positioning server The identity and/or the identity of the cell supported by the positioning server.
一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, characterized by comprising:

通信模块，用于向第二网络设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息包括定位业务切换指示，所述定位业务切换指示用于指示切换的终端设备正在进行定位业务过程；A communication module, configured to send a first request message to a second network device, where the first request message includes a positioning service switching instruction, and the positioning service switching instruction is used to instruct the switched terminal device to perform a positioning service process;

所述通信模块，还用于从所述第二网络设备接收与所述第一请求消息对应的第一响应消息。The communication module is further configured to receive a first response message corresponding to the first request message from the second network device.
根据权利要求19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一请求消息还包括定位服务指示，所述定位服务指示用于指示是否使用所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位。The apparatus according to claim 19, wherein the first request message further comprises a location service indication, and the location service indication is used to indicate whether to use the second network device to locate the terminal device.
根据权利要求19或20所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein:

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位；或，The first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，但支持对定位消息的转发，所述定位消息用于确定所述终端设备的位置；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the forwarding of positioning messages, and the positioning message is used to determine the location of the terminal device; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，且拒绝对所述定位消息进行转发；或，The first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device and refuses to forward the positioning message; or,

所述第一响应消息用于指示第三网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位，所述第三网络设备为所述核心网中具有定位功能的网元。The first response message is used to instruct a third network device to locate the terminal device, and the third network device is a network element with a positioning function in the core network.
根据权利要求19-21中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一请求消息包括所述终端设备的定位上下文和/或定位服务器的标识，所述定位服务器用于对所述终端设备进行定位，所述定位上下文信息用于所述第一网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位；The apparatus according to any one of claims 19-21, wherein the first request message includes a positioning context of the terminal device and/or an identifier of a positioning server, and the positioning server is used to The terminal device performs positioning, and the positioning context information is used by the first network device to position the terminal device;

所述定位上下文包括如下信息中的至少一种：The positioning context includes at least one of the following information:

所述通信装置对所述终端设备进行定位时使用的定位技术；The positioning technology used when the communication device locates the terminal device;

所述终端设备所需的定位精度；The positioning accuracy required by the terminal device;

所述通信装置对所述终端设备进行定位时使用的信息；Information used when the communication device locates the terminal device;

所述终端设备上报的测量结果；The measurement result reported by the terminal device;

所述通信装置用于对所述终端设备进行定位的辅助信息。The communication device is used for positioning auxiliary information of the terminal device.
根据权利要求19-22中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信模块还用于：The device according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the communication module is further configured to:

将所述第一响应消息转发给所述终端设备。Forward the first response message to the terminal device.
根据权利要求19-23中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信模块，还用于：The device according to any one of claims 19-23, wherein the communication module is further configured to:

向所述第二网络设备发送第二请求消息，所述第二请求消息用于获取所述第二网络设备的能力信息；Sending a second request message to the second network device, where the second request message is used to obtain capability information of the second network device;

从所述第二网络设备接收第二响应消息，所述第二响应消息包括所述第二网络设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括所述第二网络设备所支持的定位方式和/或所述第二网络设备所支持的定位精度；A second response message is received from the second network device, the second response message includes capability information of the second network device, and the capability information includes the positioning mode supported by the second network device and/or The positioning accuracy supported by the second network device;

所述装置还包括处理模块，所述处理模块用于根据所述第二响应消息确定是否请求将所述终端设备的定位业务切换到所述第二网络设备；The device further includes a processing module configured to determine, according to the second response message, whether to request to switch the positioning service of the terminal device to the second network device;

所述第二网络设备为接入网中具有定位功能的网元。The second network device is a network element with a positioning function in the access network.
根据权利要求19-24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息用于指示由所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位，The apparatus according to any one of claims 19-24, wherein the first response message is used to instruct the second network device to locate the terminal device,

所述第一响应消息中还包括所述第二网络设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于所述第二网络设备对所述终端设备进行定位。The first response message also includes auxiliary information of the second network device, and the auxiliary information is used by the second network device to locate the terminal device.
根据权利要求19-24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一响应消息用于指示所述第二网络设备拒绝对所述终端设备进行定位，但支持对所述定位消息的转发，所述通信模块，还用于：The apparatus according to any one of claims 19-24, wherein the first response message is used to indicate that the second network device refuses to locate the terminal device, but supports the positioning message The forwarding of the communication module is also used for:

从第二网络设备接收所述定位消息；Receiving the positioning message from the second network device;

处理模块，还用于根据所述定位消息对所述终端设备进行定位。The processing module is also used for positioning the terminal device according to the positioning message.
一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序包括程序指令，所述程序指令当被计算机执行时，使所述计算机执行如权利要求1-5或6-13中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, the computer program includes program instructions, and the program instructions, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to execute The method described in any one of 1-5 or 6-13.
一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序包括程序指令，所述程序指令当被计算机执行时，使所述计算机执行如权利要求1-5或6-13中任意一项所述的方法。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product stores a computer program, the computer program includes program instructions, and the program instructions, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to execute claims 1-5 or The method described in any one of 6-13.